format: text

text:
# Phenomenological analysis of the Two Higgs Doublet Model. Ph.D. Thesis

## Chapter 1 Introduction

The Standard Model (SM) of particle physics has been very succesful in describing most of the smallest scale phenomenology known so far. However, it possesses some problems whose solution could imply physics beyond its scope. In order to motivate the study of the two Higgs doublet model (2HDM) which is one of the simplest extensions of the SM, it is necessary to discuss two important issues. Perhaps the two most fundamental ideas from which the success of the SM comes are, (1) the extension of the gauge invariance principle as a local concept (inspired in classical electrodynamics) and (2) the implementation of the Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking (SSB) phenomenon.

The introduction of local gauge invariance generates the so called *gauge bosons* as well as the interactions of these gauge bosons with matter (fermions), and also among the gauge bosons themselves (the latter only when the gauge group is non abelian). On the other hand, the combination of local gauge invariance with SSB leads naturally to the *Higgs mechanism* which in turn generates the masses of weak vector bosons and fermions. I shall give a brief survey of both ideas emphasizing in the Higgs mechanism, since the Two Higgs Doublet Model (2HDM) is an extension on the symmetry breaking sector.

### 1.1 Local gauge invariance

It is well known from classical electrodynamics that Maxwell’s equations are invariant under a *“local” gauge transformation* of the form$`A_\mu A_\mu +`$ $`_\mu \lambda (x)`$where$`A_\mu `$is the four-vector potential. On the other hand, taking the free Dirac Lagrangian

$$\mathrm{\pounds }_{free}=\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(i\gamma ^\mu _\mu m)\mathrm{\Psi }$$
(1.1)
We can see that such Lagrangian is invariant under the global phase shift $`\mathrm{\Psi }e^{i\theta }\mathrm{\Psi }.`$Nevertheless, inspired in the local gauge symmetry in electrodynamics explained above, we could ask the following question, is it possible to extend the global symmetry and demand it to be local? if yes, what are the physical consequences?. It is straightforward to check that such locality could be accomplished by replacing the “normal” derivative $`_\mu `$by the “covariant derivative” $`D_\mu _\mu +iqA_\mu ,`$where $`A_\mu `$is a four vector field that transforms as $`A_\mu A_\mu +_\mu \lambda \left(x\right)`$when the local transformation of $`\mathrm{\Psi }\mathrm{exp}\left(iq\lambda \left(x\right)\right)\mathrm{\Psi }`$is realized. The Lagrangian (1.1) becomes

$$\mathrm{\pounds }=\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(i\gamma ^\mu D_\mu m)\mathrm{\Psi }=\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(i\gamma ^\mu _\mu m)\mathrm{\Psi }qA_\mu \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\gamma ^\mu \mathrm{\Psi }=\mathrm{\pounds }_{free}J^\mu A_\mu $$

it is easy to see that this new Lagrangian is invariant under the combined transformations $`\mathrm{\Psi }e^{iq\lambda \left(x\right)}\mathrm{\Psi },A_\mu A_\mu +_\mu \lambda \left(x\right).`$Now, if we interpret $`A_\mu `$as the four vector electromagnetic potential, then $`J^\mu `$ is the four-vector electromagnetic current. To complete the Lagrangian of Quantum Electrodynamics (QED) we just add the kinetic term that describe the propagation of free photons

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{QED}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{free}J^\mu A_\mu {\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}F^{\mu \nu }F_{\mu \nu }`$
$`F_{\mu \nu }`$ $``$ $`_\mu A_\nu _\nu A_\mu `$
And the kinetic term for the free photons (which leads to the Maxwell’s equations) is also local gauge invariant. Therefore, the matter-radiation coupling has been generated from the imposition of “locality” to the gauge principle. Additionally, to preserve locality we have introduced into the covariant derivative a four-vector field (the four-vector potential $`A_\mu `$), which is called a *gauge field,* and also a parameter $`q`$which acts as the generator for the local group transformations $`\widehat{U}\left(x\right)=\mathrm{exp}\left(iq\lambda \left(x\right)\right)`$.In this case, to analize the symmetries we have used the unidimensional rotation group in the complex space, this group is called $`U\left(1\right),`$ the group of unitary complex matrices $`1\times 1`$. In the electroweak SM we use besides, the group of unitary matrices $`2\times 2`$ of determinant one (known as $`SU\left(2\right)`$), the latter is a non abelian group whose generators obey the Lie algebra of the rotation group in three dimensions $`SO\left(3\right)`$(i.e. they are isomorphic). After applying local gauge invariance to the whole electroweak group $`SU\left(2\right)\times U\left(1\right),`$four gauge fields appear and they in turn generate after some additional transformations the three weak vector bosons and the photon.

### 1.2 Spontaneous symmetry breaking and Higgs mechanism

Using local gauge invariance as a dynamical principle is not enough to predict particle physics phenomenology since it leads to massless gauge bosons that do not correspond to physical reality. SM predicts that these vector bosons acquire their masses from a Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking (SSB) phenomenon explained below.

Sometimes when the vacuum (minimum of the potential) of a system is degenerate, after choosing a particular one111Quantum field theory demands the vacuum to be unique such that perturbation expansions are calculated around that point, this minimum is not invariant under the symmetry of the Lagrangian, when the vacuum does not have the symmetry of the Lagrangian we say that the symmetry has been spontaneously broken. When this phenomenon occurs some other massless particles called Goldstone bosons arise in the spectrum. However, if the Lagrangian posseses a local gauge symmetry an interrelation among gauge and Goldstone bosons endows the former with a physical mass, while the latter dissapear from the spectrum, this phenomenon is called the *Higgs mechanism* .To explain the mechanism we shall use a toy model describing a couple of self interacting complex scalar fields $`\left(\varphi \text{and }\varphi ^{}\right)`$ whose Lagrangian is local gauge invariant

$$\mathrm{\pounds }=\frac{1}{2}\left|D^\mu \varphi \right|^2V\left(\varphi ^{}\varphi \right)\frac{1}{4}F_{\mu \nu }F^{\mu \nu };V\left(\varphi \right)\frac{1}{2}\mu ^2\left|\varphi \right|^2+\frac{1}{4}\lambda ^2(\varphi ^{}\varphi )^2$$
(1.2)
where

$$\varphi =\varphi _1+i\varphi _2,$$

is a complex field and

$$D_\mu _\mu +iqA_\mu ;F_{\mu \nu }_\mu A_\nu _\nu A_\mu $$

This Lagrangian has already the local gauge invariance described by the simultaneous transformations

$$\varphi (x)e^{iq\lambda (x)}\varphi (x),A_\mu (x)A_\mu (x)+_\mu \lambda (x)$$
(1.3)
Observe that the imposition of locality generates the interaction of the complex scalar fields with a four vector field. If $`\mu ^2<0,`$ The potential $`V\left(\varphi \right)`$ posseses a unique minimum at $`\varphi =0`$ which preserves the symmetry of the Lagrangian. However, if $`\mu ^2>0`$, the Lagrangian has a continuum degenerate set of vacua (minima) lying on a circle of radius $`\mu /\lambda `$

$$\left|\varphi \right|^2=\varphi _1^2+\varphi _2^2=\frac{\mu ^2}{\lambda ^2}\nu ^2$$

any of them might be chosen as the fundamental state, but no one of them is invariant under a local phase rotation222The set of all ground states is invariant under the symmetry but the obligation to choose (in order to set up a perturbation formalism) only one of the vacua, leads us to the breaking of the symmetry.. According to the definition made above, the symmetry of the Lagrangian has been spontaneously broken. Choosing a particular minimum:

$$\varphi _1=\frac{\mu }{\lambda }\nu ;\varphi _2=0$$

we say that the field $`\varphi _1`$has acquired a Vacuum Expectation Value (VEV) $`\varphi _1`$. It is convenient to introduce new fields

$$\eta \varphi _1v;\xi \varphi _2$$

and expanding the Lagrangian in terms of these new fields we obtain:

$`\mathrm{\pounds }`$ $`=`$ $`\left[{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(_\mu \eta )(^\mu \eta )\mu ^2\eta ^2\right]+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left[(_\mu \xi )(^\mu \xi )\right]+\left[{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}F_{\mu \nu }F^{\mu \nu }+{\displaystyle \frac{q^2v^2}{2}}A_\mu A^\mu \right]`$
$`2iqv\left(_\mu \xi \right)A^\mu +\{q[\eta \left(_\mu \xi \right)\xi \left(_\mu \eta \right)]A^\mu +vq^2\left(\eta A_\mu A^\mu \right)`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{q^2}{2}}(\xi ^2+\eta ^2)A_\mu A^\mu \lambda \mu (\eta ^3+\eta \xi ^2){\displaystyle \frac{\lambda ^2}{4}}(\eta ^4+2\eta ^2\xi ^2+\xi ^4)\}+{\displaystyle \frac{\mu ^2v^2}{4}}`$
The particle spectrum consists of

1. A field $`\eta `$with mass $`\sqrt{2}\mu .`$
2. A vector boson $`A_\mu `$ that has acquired a mass $`q\nu >0`$ by means of the VEV.
3. A massless field $`\xi `$called a Goldstone boson.

However, the Lagrangian above looks dissapointing because of a term of the form $`\left(_\mu \xi \right)A^\mu `$which does not have a clear interpretation in the Feynman formalism. Fortunately, we are able to remove the unwanted would be Goldstone field out, by exploiting the local gauge invariance of the Lagrangian. Writing Eq. (1.3) in terms of $`\varphi _1`$and $`\varphi _2`$

$$\varphi \varphi ^{}=e^{i\theta \left(x\right)}\varphi =\left[\varphi _1\mathrm{cos}\theta \left(x\right)\varphi _2\mathrm{sin}\theta \left(x\right)\right]+i\left[\varphi _1\mathrm{sin}\theta \left(x\right)+\varphi _2\mathrm{cos}\theta \left(x\right)\right]$$

where $`\theta \left(x\right)q\lambda \left(x\right)`$, and using

$$\theta \left(x\right)=\mathrm{arctan}\left(\frac{\varphi _2\left(x\right)}{\varphi _1\left(x\right)}\right)$$
(1.4)
we get $`\varphi ^{}`$to be real333Observe that the invariance under a phase rotation of the complex field $`\varphi e^{i\theta }\varphi `$ is equivalent to the invariance under an SO(2) rotation of the real and imaginary parts $`\varphi _1\varphi _1\mathrm{cos}\theta \varphi _2\mathrm{sin}\theta ;\varphi _2\varphi _1\mathrm{sin}\theta +\varphi _2\mathrm{cos}\theta `$. The gauge field transforms as $`A_\mu ^{}(x)=A_\mu (x)+_\mu \lambda (x).`$However, this gauge transformation does not affect the physical content of $`A_\mu (x)`$so we drop the prime notation out from it. Using the local transformations defined by (1.3) and (1.4), (i.e. this particular *gauge*), the Lagrangian reads

$`\mathrm{\pounds }`$ $`=`$ $`\left[{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(_\mu \eta )(^\mu \eta )\mu ^2\eta ^2\right]+\left[{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}F_{\mu \nu }F^{\mu \nu }+{\displaystyle \frac{q^2v^2}{2}}A_\mu A^\mu \right]`$
$`+\left\{q^2v\left(\eta A_\mu A^\mu \right)+{\displaystyle \frac{q^2}{2}}\eta ^2A_\mu A^\mu \lambda \mu \eta ^3{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda ^2}{4}}\eta ^4\right\}+{\displaystyle \frac{\mu ^2v^2}{4}}`$
so we have got rid of the massless field $`\xi `$and all its interactions, especially the “disgusting” term $`\left(_\mu \xi \right)A^\mu .`$On the other hand, we are left with a massive scalar field $`\eta `$(a Higgs particle) and a massive four vector field $`A_\mu `$(a massive “photon”).

By making a counting of degrees of freedom we realize that one degree of freedom has dissapeared (a massless would be Goldstone boson) while another one has arisen (a longitudinal polarization for the four vector boson i.e. its mass). Therefore, it is generically said that the photon has “eaten” the would be Goldstone boson $`\xi `$in order to acquire mass. This result is known as the *Higgs mechanism*. Notwithstanding, it worths to emphasize that as well as the massive vector boson, the Higgs mechanism has provided us with an additional physical degree of freedom that corresponds to a scalar field describing the so-called “Higgs particle”.

We can note that the Higgs mechanism is possible because of the conjugation of both the local gauge invariance principle and the SSB. For instance, if we implement a SSB with a global symmetry, what we obtain is a certain number of (physical) massless Goldstone bosons, it is because with a global symmetry we do not generate vector bosons that “eat” such extra degrees of freedom. Technically, the number of Goldstone bosons generated after the symmetry breaking is equal to the number of broken generators (Goldstone theorem ).

In SM, the Higgs mechanism creates three massive vector bosons ($`W^\pm ,Z`$) and one massless vector boson (the photon), as well as a Higgs particle which has not been discovered hitherto.

### 1.3 The Higgs mechanism in the Standard Model

The SM of particle physics , picks up the ideas of local gauge invariance and SSB to implement a Higgs mechanism. The local gauge symmetry is $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_Y`$and the SSB obeys the scheme $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_YU\left(1\right)_Q`$where the subscript $`L`$means that $`SU\left(2\right)`$only acts on left-handed doublets (in the case of fermions), $`Y`$is the generator of the original $`U\left(1\right)`$group, and $`Q`$correspond to an unbroken generator (the electromagnetic charge). Specifically, the symmetry breaking is implemented by introducing a scalar doublet

$$\mathrm{\Phi }=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi ^+\\ \varphi ^0\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1+i\varphi _2\\ \varphi _3+i\varphi _4\end{array}\right)$$

It transforms as an $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$doublet, thus its weak hypercharge is $`Y=1`$. In order to induce the SSB the doublet should acquire a VEV different from zero

$$\mathrm{\Phi }=\left(\begin{array}{c}0\\ v/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)$$
(1.5)
What is new respect to the toy model above, is that the original local symmetry $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_Y`$is non abelian444A very important consequence of the non-abelianity of the gauge group is the generation of self interactions among the associated gauge bosons, they appear when the kinetic term for the gauge bosons (Yang-Mills Lagrangian) is introduced.. Its generators are $`\tau _i,Y`$corresponding to $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$and $`U\left(1\right)_Y`$respectively, the generators $`\tau _i`$ are defined as

$$\tau _i\frac{\sigma _i}{2}$$

where $`\sigma _i`$are the Pauli matrices. Therefore, such four generators obey the following lie algebra

$$[\tau _i,\tau _j]=i\epsilon _{ij}^k\tau _k;[\tau _i,Y]=0$$

When the symmetry is spontaneously broken in the potential (see below) the doublet acquire a VEV, we can see easily that all generators of the $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_Y`$are broken generators

$`\tau _1\mathrm{\Phi }`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{c}v/\sqrt{2}\\ 0\end{array}\right)0;\tau _2\mathrm{\Phi }={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{c}iv/\sqrt{2}\\ 0\end{array}\right)0`$
$`\tau _3\mathrm{\Phi }`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{c}0\\ v/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)0;Y\mathrm{\Phi }=\left(\begin{array}{c}0\\ v/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)0`$
However, we can define an unbroken generator by the Gellman-Nijishima relation

$$Q=\left(\tau _3+\frac{Y}{2}\right);Q\mathrm{\Phi }=0$$

In such a way that the scheme of SSB is given by $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_YU\left(1\right)_Q.`$According to the Goldstone theorem, the number of would be Goldstone bosons generated after the symmetry breaking is equal to the number of broken generators (which in turn is equal to the number of massive gauge bosons in the case of local symmetries). Therefore, instead of working with four broken generators we shall work with three broken generators and one unbroken generator $`Q.`$This scheme ensures for the photon to remain massless, while the other three gauge bosons acquire masses.

Let us examine the contributions that the doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$introduces in the SM.

#### 1.3.1 The Higgs Potential

The Higgs potential generates the SSB as well as the self interaction terms of the scalar boson, the most general renormalizable potential invariant under $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_Y`$is given by

$$V(\mathrm{\Phi }^+\mathrm{\Phi })=\mu ^2(\mathrm{\Phi }^+\mathrm{\Phi })+\lambda (\mathrm{\Phi }^+\mathrm{\Phi })^2$$
(1.8)
where $`\mu ^2`$and $`\lambda `$are free parameters of the theory. Since $`\lambda `$ should be positive for the potential to be bounded from below, the minimization of the potential (1.8) leads to a SSB when $`\mu ^2<0`$with the following scheme $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_YU\left(1\right)_Q`$ where $`Q`$is the electromagnetic charge. After the SSB the Higgs doublet acquires a VEV as in Eq. (1.5) from which the Higgs doublet gives mass to the Higgs particle and is able to endow the vector bosons and fermions with masses (see below).

#### 1.3.2 The kinetic term

The kinetic term describes the interactions between scalar particles and vector bosons, and provides the masses for the latter when the Higgs doublet acquires a VEV. The kinetic Lagrangian reads

$$\mathrm{\pounds }_{kin}=\left(D_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }\right)\left(D^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }\right)^{};D_\mu _\mu \frac{ig^{}}{2}YW_\mu ^4ig\tau _iW_\mu ^i$$
(1.9)
where$`W_\mu ^i`$with$`i=1,2,3`$are the four-vector fields (gauge eigenstates), associated to the three generators $`\tau _i`$i.e. the $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$symmetry. On the other hand, $`W_\mu ^4`$is the four-vector field associated to the $`Y`$generator i.e. the $`U\left(1\right)_Y`$symmetry. $`g`$and $`g^{}`$are coupling strengths associated to $`W_\mu ^i`$and $`W_\mu ^4`$respectively. After diagonalizing the mass matrix of the gauge bosons we obtain the following mass eigenstates

$`W_\mu ^\pm `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{W_\mu ^1iW_\mu ^2}{\sqrt{2}}};M_{W^\pm }^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}g^2v^2`$ (1.10)
$`M_Z^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}v^2(g^2+g^2)={\displaystyle \frac{M_W^2}{\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _W}}`$ (1.11)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}Z_\mu \\ A_\mu \end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta _W& \mathrm{sin}\theta _W\\ \mathrm{sin}\theta _W& \mathrm{cos}\theta _W\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}W_\mu ^3\\ W_\mu ^4\end{array}\right)`$ (1.18)
and the gauge boson $`A_\mu `$(the photon) remains massless, it owes to the fact that this gauge boson is associated to the unbroken generator $`Q`$(the electromagnetic charge) i.e. to the remnant symmetry $`U\left(1\right)_Q`$.

#### 1.3.3 The Yukawa Lagrangian

Finally, we build up a Lagrangian that describes the interaction among the Higgs bosons and fermions, the resultant $`SU\left(2\right)_L\times U\left(1\right)_Y`$invariant Lagrangian is called the Yukawa Lagrangian

$$\mathrm{\pounds }_Y=\eta _{ij}^U\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}_L\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}U_R+\eta _{ij}^D\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}_L\mathrm{\Phi }D_R+h.c.$$
(1.19)
where $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}_L`$are left-handed fermion doublets, $`U_R,D_R`$are the right-handed singlets of the up and down sectors of quarks555For leptons we have the same structure except that we do not have right handed singlets of neutrinos (corresponding to the up sector of leptons).. $`\eta _{ij}^{U,D}`$are free parameters that define the vertices and consequently, the Feynman rules of the Lagrangian where $`i,j`$are family indices. The Yukawa Lagrangian yields masses to the fermions when the Higgs doublet acquire VEV.

So in brief, Eqs. (1.8,1.9,1.19) describe the contribution that the Higgs sector gives to the SM.

## Chapter 2 The Two Higgs Doublet Model

### 2.1 Motivation

Despite the SM has been very sucessful in describing most of the Elementary Particles phenomenology, the Higgs sector of the theory remains unknown so far, and there is not any fundamental reason to assume that the Higgs sector must be minimal (i.e. only one Higgs doublet). Therefore, we could wonder to know whether the Higgs sector is not minimal. Of course, evocating arguments of simplicity we may consider the *next to minimal* extension as the best candidate. The simplest extension compatible with the gauge invariance is the so called Two Higgs Doublet Model (2HDM), which consists of adding a second Higgs doublet with the same quantum numbers as the first one.

Another motivation to introduce the second doublet comes from the hierarchy of Yukawa couplings in the third generation of quarks, the ratio between the masses of the top and bottom quarks is of the order of $`m_t/m_b174/535.`$In SM, the masses of both quarks come from the same Higgs doublet, consequently, it implies a non natural hierarchy between their corresponding Yukawa couplings. However, if the bottom received its mass from one doublet (say$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$) and the top from another doublet (say $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$), then the hierarchy of their Yukawa couplings could be more natural if the free parameters of the theory acquired the appropiate values.

On the other hand, the 2HDM could induce CP violation either explicitly or spontaneously in the Higgs potential (see section 2.2.1). However, we shall restrict our discussion on a CP conserving framework. A recent comprehensive overview of the conditions for the 2HDM to be CP invariant (or violated) can be found in Ref. .

An extra motivation lies on the study of some rare processes called Flavor Changing Neutral Currents (FCNC). It is well known that these kind of processes are severely supressed by experimental data, despite they seem not to violate any fundamental law of nature. On the other hand, Standard Model (SM) issues are compatible with experimental constraints on FCNC so far , with the remarkable exception of neutrino oscillations . In the case of the lepton sector this fact is “explained” by the implementation of the Lepton Number Conservation (LFC), a new symmetry that protects phenomenology from these dangerous processes. However, if we believe that this new symmetry is not exact and we expect to find out FCNC in near future experiments, SM provides a hopeless framework since predictions from it, are by far out of the scope of next generation colliders . This is because in the SM, FCNC are absent in the lepton sector, and in the quark sector they are prohibited at tree level and further supressed at one loop by the GIM mechanism . So detection of these kind of events would imply the presence of new Physics effects. Perhaps the simplest (but not the unique) framework to look for these rare processes is the Two Higgs Doublet Model (2HDM). Owing to the addition of the second doublet, the Yukawa interactions lead naturally to tree level FCNC unless we make additional assumptions. On the other hand, because of the increasing evidence about neutrino oscillations, especial attention has been addressed to the Lepton Flavor Violation (LFV) in the neutral leptonic sector by experiments with atmospheric neutrinos . Further, since neutrino oscillations imply LFV in the neutral lepton sector, it is generally expected to find out LFV processes involving the charged lepton sector as well, such fact encourage us to study the 2HDM as a possible source for these FCNC. More details in section 3.2.4 and in chapter 4.

Finally, another motivation to study the 2HDM is the fact that some models have a low energy limit with a non minimal Higgs sector. For instance, at least two Higgs doublets are necessary in supersymmetric models and the so called 2HDM type II has the same Yukawa couplings as the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model (MSSM). In particular, if the supersymmetric particles are heavy enough, the Higgs sector of the MSSM becomes a constrained 2HDM type II at low energies. SUSY models with two Higgs doublets could provide solutions to some problems of the SM such as the Higgs mass behavior at very high scales, the Planck and Electroweak scale hierarchy, the mass hierarchy among fermion families and the existence of masses for neutrinos and neutrino oscillations.

With these motivations in mind, let us go to see in what way the terms in the Higgs sector are modified by the introduction of a new Higgs doublet

### 2.2 The contribution of the Higgs sector in the 2HDM

As explained above, we introduce a new Higgs doublet that is a replication of the first one, so the Higgs sector includes two Higgs doublets with the same quantum numbers

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _1^0\end{array}\right);\mathrm{\Phi }_2=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _2^+\\ \varphi _2^0\end{array}\right)$$
(2.1)
with hypercharges $`Y_1=Y_2=1,`$in general, both doublets could acquire VEV

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\frac{v_1}{\sqrt{2}};\mathrm{\Phi }_2=\frac{v_2}{\sqrt{2}}e^{i\theta }$$

so it is more convenient to parametrize the doublets in the following way

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \frac{h_1+v_1+ig_1}{\sqrt{2}}\end{array}\right);\mathrm{\Phi }_2=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _2^+\\ \frac{h_2+v_2e^{i\theta }+ig_2}{\sqrt{2}}\end{array}\right)$$
(2.2)
Now, we examine each part of the Lagrangian that couples to the Higgs doublets

#### 2.2.1 The Higgs potential

Since the Higgs potential is the sector that determines the SSB structure as well as the Higgs masses, Higgs mass eigenstates and Higgs self-interactions, we start examining this part of the Higgs sector. Unlike the SM case, the Higgs potential corresponding to the 2HDM is not unique, and each potential leads to different Feynman rules, details below.

In order to write the most general renormalizable Higgs potential compatible with gauge invariance, it is convenient to introduce a basis of hermitian, gauge invariant operators

$`\widehat{A}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\widehat{B}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2,\widehat{C}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2+\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)=\text{Re}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right),`$
$`\widehat{D}`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)=\text{Im}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$
and write down all possible hermitian bilinear and quartic interactions compatible with gauge invariance

$`V_g(\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2)`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}\mu _4^2\widehat{D}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\widehat{C}^2+\lambda _4\widehat{D}^2`$ (2.3)
$`+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}+\lambda _6\widehat{A}\widehat{C}+\lambda _8\widehat{A}\widehat{D}+\lambda _7\widehat{B}\widehat{C}+\lambda _9\widehat{B}\widehat{D}+\lambda _{10}\widehat{C}\widehat{D}`$
This Lagrangian is much more complex than the SM one given by Eq. (1.8), since in the potential (2.3) we have fourteen free parameters. As we shall see below, four new Higgses will be generated from it. The most general 2HDM potential (2.3), contains interaction vertices that are independent on the mass matrix and the VEV’s. Nevertheless, these interactions vanish if we assume that the Higgs potential holds a charge conjugation invariance ($`C`$invariance), and the number of parameters reduces to ten

$`V(\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2)`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\widehat{C}^2+\lambda _4\widehat{D}^2`$ (2.4)
$`+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}+\lambda _6\widehat{A}\widehat{C}+\lambda _7\widehat{B}\widehat{C}`$
It is important to say that at this step, charge conjugation invariance is equivalent to $`CP`$invariance since all fields are scalars111The appearing of pseudoscalar couplings come from the introduction of parity violation in the theory. It is carried out by introducing left-handed fermion doublets and right handed fermion singlets which in turn produces scalar and pseudoscalar couplings, the latter are proportional to $`\gamma _5`$and are responsible for parity violation. Since the Higgs doublets do not have chirality, their self couplings respect parity and therefore they behave as scalars. However as we shall see in section (2.2.3) when the Higgs doublets couple to fermions some pseudoscalar couplings arise and one Higgs boson behaves as a pseudoscalar.. Under charge conjugation, a Higgs doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_i`$of hypercharge $`1,`$transforms as $`\mathrm{\Phi }_ie^{i\alpha _i}\mathrm{\Phi }_i^{}`$where the parameters $`\alpha _i`$are arbitrary. Consequently, under charge conjugation we obtain $`\mathrm{\Phi }_i^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_je^{i\left(\alpha _j\alpha _i\right)}\mathrm{\Phi }_j^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_i.`$In particular, if we choose $`\alpha _i=\alpha _j`$the operator $`\widehat{D}`$reverse sign under $`C`$conjugation, while the other ones are invariant222Of course, we could have chosen $`\alpha _i\alpha _j=\pm \pi ,`$in whose case the operator $`\widehat{C}=\text{Re}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$is the one that violates charge conservation. Additionally, any other choice for $`\alpha _i\alpha _j`$is possible, and in general none parameter vanishes. However, taking into account that these phases must be fixed (though arbitrary), $`C`$invariance would impose relations among the coefficients so that the number of free parameters is always the same (for instance $`\mu _3`$and $`\mu _4`$would not be independent any more)., leading to the Lagrangian (2.4).

However, Lagrangian (2.4) could induce spontaneous CP violation . There are two ways of naturally imposing for the minimum of the potential to be $`CP`$invariant . The first one consists of demanding invariance under a$`Z_2`$ symmetry where $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2.`$The resulting potential, that will be denoted $`V_A^{}`$is

$$V_A^{}=\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\widehat{C}^2+\lambda _4\widehat{D}^2+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}$$
(2.5)
and correspond to setting $`\mu _3^2=\lambda _6=\lambda _7=0`$in Eq. (2.4). If we permit a soft breaking term of the form $`\mu _3^2\widehat{C},`$spontaneous $`CP`$violation occurs , in that case the potential reads

$$V_A=V_A^{}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}$$
(2.6)
The other potential without spontaneous $`CP`$violation, results from imposing the global symmetry $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2e^{i\phi }\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$. This potential (called $`V_B^{}`$) reads

$$V_B^{}=\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\left(\widehat{C}^2+\widehat{D}^2\right)+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}$$
(2.7)
and is obtained by using $`\mu _3^2=\lambda _6=\lambda _7=0`$and $`\lambda _3=\lambda _4`$in Eq. (2.4)$`.`$Since we have a global broken symmetry for the potential$`V_B^{}`$, there is an extra Goldstone boson in the theory.

Additionally, it is customary to allow a soft breaking term $`\mu _3^2\widehat{C}`$in Lagrangian (2.7), obtaining

$$V_B=V_B^{}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}$$
(2.8)
Neither $`V_A^{}`$or $`V_B`$have spontaneous $`CP`$violation. In the case of $`V_B`$, we end up in the CP conserving case of the scalar potential considered in the Higgs Hunter’s guide (see appendix A), which in turn is the one of the MSSM. Both of them contain seven parameters and lead to different phenomenology, however the kinetic sector and the Yukawa sector are identical for both potentials. The soft breaking term in $`V_B`$is a quadratic term and consequently it does not affect the renormalizability of the model, the complete renormalization scheme for the potential $`V_A`$has been accomplished in Ref. , the results for $`V_B`$are similar but changing appropiately the cubic and quartic scalar vertices.

The Higgs masses and Higgs eigenstates are defined in terms of the parameters $`\mu _i,\lambda _i`$from the potential, and consequently depend on the potential chosen (see appendix A). When the mass matrix described in appendix A is properly diagonalized, we get the Higgs masses and Higgs mass eigenstates. From now on, we will consider the CP conserving case for which both VEV can be taken real, in that case the Higgs sector consists of the following spectrum, two Higgs CP-even scalars ($`H^0,h^0`$), one CP-odd scalar ($`A^0`$), two charged Higgs bosons ($`H^\pm `$), and the Goldstone bosons ($`G^\pm ,G^0`$) corresponding to $`W^\pm ,Z`$respectively. The mass eigenstastes described above are obtained from the gauge eigenstates defined in (2.2) by the following transformations

$`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)`$ (2.15)
$`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$ (2.22)
$`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1\\ g_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)`$ (2.29)
where

$$\mathrm{tan}\beta =\frac{v_2}{v_1},\mathrm{sin}\beta =\frac{v_2}{\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2}}$$

and $`\alpha `$is the mixing angle for the $`CP`$even Higgs bosons, which is different for each potential (see below). $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$is a new parameter that clearly arises from the fact that both Higgs doublets could acquire VEV. In most of the 2HDM’s we shall see that new physics contributions are very sensitive to it.

In the following we summarize the results obtained in appendix A, which are in agreement with .

For the potential $`V`$in Eq. (2.4) the minimum conditions (Tadpoles at tree level) are

$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_a=\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2`$
$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_b=\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda _6v_1^2}{2}}`$
the Higgs masses and the mixing angle $`\alpha `$, are written as

$`m_{H^+}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;m_{A^0}=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _4+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2`$
$`m_{H^0,h^0}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\lambda _1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _+\right)v_1^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _2^2\pm k_1`$
$`k_1`$ $`=`$ $`\sqrt{4\lambda _1v_1^2\left(\lambda _1v_1^2+\mu _2^2v_1^2\lambda _+\right)+\left(\lambda _+^2v_1^2+\lambda _6^2v_1^22\mu _2^2\lambda _+\right)v_1^2+\mu _2^4}`$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda _6v_1^2}{\left(2\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)v_1^2+\mu _2^2}}`$
For the potential $`V_A^{}`$Eq. (2.5), the minimum conditions are

$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_1=v_1\left(\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _+v_2^2\right)`$
$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_2=v_2\left(\mu _2^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+\lambda _+v_1^2\right)`$ (2.30)
where $`\lambda _+=\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _3+\lambda _5\right).`$Relations (2.30) lead to the following solutions

i)

$$v_1^2=\frac{\lambda _2\mu _1^2\lambda _+\mu _2^2}{\lambda _1\lambda _2\lambda _+^2};v_2^2=\frac{\lambda _1\mu _2^2\lambda _+\mu _1^2}{\lambda _1\lambda _2\lambda _+^2}$$

or ii)

$$v_2^2=0;v_1^2=\frac{\mu _1^2}{\lambda _1}$$

for i) the masses of the Higgs bosons and the mixing angle $`\alpha `$are given by

$`m_{H^\pm }`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _3(v_1^2+v_2^2);m_{A^0}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\lambda _4\lambda _3)(v_1^2+v_2^2)`$
$`m_{H^0,h^0}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _2v_2^2\pm \sqrt{\left(\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2\right)^2+4v_1^2v_2^2\lambda _+^2}`$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2v_1v_2\lambda _+}{\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2}}`$ (2.31)
and for ii) they are

$`m_{H^+}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;m_{A^0}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _4+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2;m_{H^0}^2=2\lambda _1v_1^2`$ (2.32)
$`m_{h^0}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _3+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2;\mathrm{tan}2\alpha =0`$ (2.33)
Finally, for the potential $`V_B`$Eq. (2.8), the minimum conditions are

$$0=T_1\frac{\mu _3^2}{2}v_2;\mathrm{\hspace{0.33em}\hspace{0.33em}\hspace{0.33em}0}=T_2\frac{\mu _3^2}{2}v_1$$
(2.34)
whose solutions are

$`v_1^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda _1\lambda _2\pm Z_1}{2\left(\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)\left(\lambda _2\lambda _+\right)}}`$
$`v_2^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda _2\lambda _1\pm Z_2}{2\left(\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)\left(\lambda _2\lambda _+\right)}}`$
$`Z_1`$ $`=`$ $`\sqrt{\left(\lambda _1\lambda _2\right)^24\left(\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)\left(\lambda _2\lambda _+\right)\left[\left(\lambda _+v^2\mu _1^2\right)\left(\lambda _+v^2\mu _2^2\right){\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\mu _3^4\right]}`$
$`Z_2`$ $`=`$ $`\sqrt{\left(\lambda _1\lambda _2\right)^24\left(\lambda _2\lambda _+\right)\left(\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)\left[\left(\lambda _+v^2\mu _2^2\right)\left(\lambda _1v^2\mu _1^2\right){\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\mu _3^4\right]}`$
The masses and the mixing angle $`\alpha `$ are given by

$`m_{H^\pm }`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _3(v_1^2+v_2^2)+\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_1^2+v_2^2}{v_1v_2}};m_{A^0}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_1^2+v_2^2}{v_1v_2}}`$
$`m_{H^0,h^0}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta +\mathrm{cot}\beta \right)`$
$`\pm \sqrt{\left[\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cot}\beta \right)\right]^2+\left(2v_1v_2\lambda _+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2\right)^2}`$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2v_1v_2\lambda _+\frac{1}{2}\mu _3^2}{\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2+\frac{1}{4}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cot}\beta \right)}}`$ (2.35)
Observe that a solution with one of the VEV’s equal to zero is not possible for the potential $`V_B`$. As explained before, each potential has different Feynman rules and consequently, leads to different phenomenology , a complete set of Feynman rules for these potentials could be found in Refs. .

The potentials $`V_A^{}`$and $`V_B`$are different because they differ in some cubic and quartic interactions. For example, the coupling $`h^0H^+H^{}`$reveals some subtle aspects of the phenomenology of the potential; in terms of the $`\lambda ^{}s`$it is given by

$`g_{h^0H^+H^{}}`$ $`=`$ $`2v_2\lambda _2\mathrm{cos}^2\beta \mathrm{cos}\alpha +v_2\lambda _3\mathrm{sin}\alpha \mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\beta v_1\lambda _5\mathrm{cos}^2\beta \mathrm{sin}\alpha `$
$`2v_1\lambda _1\mathrm{sin}^2\beta \mathrm{sin}\alpha +v_2\lambda _5\mathrm{sin}^2\beta \mathrm{cos}\alpha v_1\lambda _3\mathrm{cos}\alpha \mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\beta `$
and coincides for both potentials $`V_A^{}`$and $`V_B;`$it is because this interaction does not involve $`\lambda _4`$ nor $`\mu _3`$which are the factors that make the difference between them. However, by writing the coupling in terms of the Higgs boson masses the result is different for each potential

$`\left(g_{h^0H^+H^{}}\right)_A`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{m_W}}\left[m_{h^0}^2{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha +\beta \right)}{\mathrm{sin}2\beta }}\left(m_{H^+}^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}m_{h^0}^2\right)\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha \beta \right)\right]`$
$`\left(g_{h^0H^+H^{}}\right)_B`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{m_W}}[(m_{h^0}^2m_{A^0}^2){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha +\beta \right)}{\mathrm{sin}2\beta }}`$
$`(m_{H^+}^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}m_{h^0}^2)\mathrm{sin}(\alpha \beta )]`$
we can resolve the puzzle by remembering that what really matters in perturbative calculations is the position of the minimum of the potential and the values of the derivatives at that point. Now, the position of the vacuum (minimum) is different for each potential and the generation of masses come from the second derivative of the potential evaluated at this minimum, so the relation among the $`\lambda ^{}s`$and the masses are different for $`V_A^{}`$and $`V_B,`$thus the coupling $`h^0H^+H^{}`$ in terms of physical quantities differs for each potential. It should be pointed out that even before being able to test the Higgs bosons self-couplings in order to discriminate among the potentials, we might see a signature of them in processes with Higgs boson loops, for example, the decay $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$could be very sensitive to the difference among the self couplings of $`V_A^{}`$and $`V_B`$.

Finally, it is also important to notice that the symmetry of the potential ought to be extended to the other Higgs sectors, this fact is particularly important to write the Yukawa Lagrangian to be discussed in section 2.2.3.

#### 2.2.2 The kinetic sector

The kinetic Lagrangian (1.9) of the SM is extended to become

$$\mathrm{\pounds }_{kin}=(D_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }_1)^+(D^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }_1)+(D_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }_2)^+(D^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }_2)$$
(2.36)
where the covariant derivative is defined by Eq. (1.9). This Lagrangian endows the gauge bosons with mass and provides the interactions among gauge and Higgs bosons. In contrast to the Higgs potential and the Yukawa Lagrangian (see sections 2.2.12.2.3), the kinetic sector is basically unique because of the gauge invariance333However, for some potentials and Yukawa Lagrangians it is possible to rotate the Doublets such that only one of them acquire VEV, as we will see later. In that case the kinetic term is basically the same but taking (say) $`v_2=0`$i.e. $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =0.`$. Indeed, we can easily check that the kinetic Lagrangian described by Eq. (2.36) is already invariant under charge conjugation as well as under the discrete and global symmetries described in Sec. (2.2.1), therefore the imposition of these symmetries does not produce any difference in the kinetic sector unlike the case of the potential.

In order to expand the Lagrangian, it is convenient to work on a real representation for the generators, for which we make the assigment $`L_a=i\tau _a`$and double the dimension of the representation by means of the definition

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_k=\left(\begin{array}{c}Re\varphi _k^++iIm\varphi _k^+\\ Re\varphi _k^0+iIm\varphi _k^0\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}Re\varphi _k^+\\ Im\varphi _k^+\\ Re\varphi _k^0\\ Im\varphi _k^0\end{array}\right)k=1,2$$
(2.37)
From which we find the real representation by looking at the action of the initial generators (multiplied by $`i`$), over the two dimensional representation of the doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_k`$defined in Eq. (2.37). For example, for $`\tau _1`$

$$L_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1=i\tau _1\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\frac{i\sigma _1}{2}\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\frac{1}{2}\left(\begin{array}{c}Im\varphi _1^0iRe\varphi _1^0\\ Im\varphi _1^+iRe\varphi _1^+\end{array}\right)$$
(2.38)
And we extend $`L_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$with the same correspondence rule

$$L_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1\frac{1}{2}\left(\begin{array}{c}Im\varphi _1^0\\ Re\varphi _1^0\\ Im\varphi _1^+\\ Re\varphi _1^+\end{array}\right)$$
(2.39)
Finally, we look for a matrix $`L_1`$that acting on (2.37) reproduces (2.39), we get

$$L_1=\frac{1}{2}\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 0& 1\\ 0& 0& 1& 0\\ 0& 1& 0& 0\\ 1& 0& 0& 0\end{array}\right)$$
(2.40)
Similarly we obtain for the other generators

$`L_2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 1& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 1\\ 1& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 1& 0& 0\end{array}\right),L_3={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 1& 0& 0\\ 1& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 1\\ 0& 0& 1& 0\end{array}\right)`$ (2.49)
$`L_4`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 1& 0& 0\\ 1& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 1\\ 0& 0& 1& 0\end{array}\right)`$ (2.54)
From which the covariant derivative in (1.9) reads

$$D_\mu =_\mu +gL_iW_\mu ^i+g^{}L_4W_\mu ^4$$
(2.55)
Thus, we can expand the Lagrangian (2.36) by using the four dimensional representation for each doublet Eq. (2.37), and the four dimensional representation of the generators Eqs. (2.40), (2.54).

##### Gauge fields

The mass terms are obtained from the VEV’s, the resulting mass matrix is given by

$$\frac{1}{2}M_{ab}^2W_\mu ^aW_\mu ^b;M_{ab}^2=2\underset{k=1}{\overset{2}{}}(g_aL_av_k)^{}(g_bL_bv_k)$$
(2.56)
Where $`a,b=1,2,3,4`$indicates the gauge bosons (gauge eigenstates) corresponding to the generators $`\tau ^i,Y`$respectively. After the diagonalization of (2.56) the mass terms and eigenstates for the Gauge bosons read

$`W_\mu ^\pm `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{W_\mu ^1iW_\mu ^2}{\sqrt{2}}};M_{W^\pm }^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}g^2(v_1^2+v_2^2)`$ (2.57)
$`M_Z^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}(v_1^2+v_2^2)(g^2+g^2)={\displaystyle \frac{M_W^2}{\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _W}}`$ (2.58)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}Z_\mu \\ A_\mu \end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta _W& \mathrm{sin}\theta _W\\ \mathrm{sin}\theta _W& \mathrm{cos}\theta _W\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}W_\mu ^3\\ W_\mu ^4\end{array}\right)`$ (2.65)
where $`\theta _W`$is the Weinberg mixing angle. We can realize that the expressions for the vector bosons masses coincide with the ones in SM if $`v_1^2+v_2^2=v^2`$(where $`v`$is the VEV of the Higgs doublet of the SM), and since $`v^2=4M_W^2/g^2`$is a known parameter, we have at tree level the constraint $`v_1^2+v_2^2=v^2.`$

Since the kinetic sector provides the interactions of Higgs bosons with gauge bosons, let us discuss some interesting features of these interactions.

##### Interactions in the kinetic sector

We can obtain the interactions in the kinetic sector by expanding the Lagrangian (2.36) in terms of the mass eigenstates of Higgs bosons and Vector bosons Eqs. (2.57, 2.65, 2.29). On the other hand, it worths to note that some interactions that at first glance should appear, are absent in this expansion as is the case of $`A^0W^+W^{},`$and $`A^0ZZ`$. Let us discuss shortly the origin of these missings. First of all we should emphasize that *in the SM, the discrete symmetries C and P are preserved separately when fermions are absent.* Then, we can assign a unique set of quantum numbers $`J^{PC}`$to all the bosons of the theory when fermions are ignored. The same argument holds for the two Higgs doublet model. These facts dictate the presence or missing of some interactions .

First of all, let us examine the assigment of these quantum numbers for the scalar and vector bosons in the table (2.1).

The existence of the vertex $`ZH^+H^{}`$indicates that $`J^{PC}\left(Z\right)=1^+`$, the existence of $`H^0h^0h^0`$in the Higgs potential says that $`J^{PC}\left(H^0\right)=0^{++}`$; symmetrically the existence of $`h^0H^0H^0`$tells us that $`J^{PC}\left(h^0\right)=0^{++}`$. From these quantum number assigments we deduce from the vertex $`ZH^0A^0`$that $`J^{PC}\left(A^0\right)=0^+`$.

Furthermore, in the 2HDM the imaginary parts combine to produce $`A^0`$and $`G^0`$so both must have the same quantum numbers, consequently $`A^0`$and $`G^0`$ have the quantum numbers $`0^+`$. Owing to the assigment $`J^{PC}\left(A^0\right)`$ $`=0^+`$ the vertices $`A^0W^+W^{}`$and $`A^0ZZ`$are forbidden. We should remark that despite the Higgs $`A^0`$is usually called a *pseudoscalar Higgs,* at this step $`A^0`$is a *scalar* particle. However, we shall see later that $`A^0`$behaves as a pseudoscalar when it couples to matter (fermions), see section (2.2.3). Thus, the term pseudoscalar is not so proper for the Higgs $`A^0`$and the denomination as a $`CP`$odd Higgs is more appropiate.

Another way to explain the absence of vertices $`A^0W^+W^{}`$and $`A^0ZZ`$is the following: These interactions come from the kinetic term $`\left(D_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }\right)\left(D^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }\right)^{}`$ after replacing one of the $`\varphi _i^0`$ fields in Eq. (2.1) by its VEV, but in a CP conserving model the VEV is real while $`A^0`$comes from the imaginary parts of the $`\varphi _i^0`$ fields as we can see from Eqs. (2.2) and (2.29). Therefore $`A^0`$cannot be coupled to any massive vector boson. By the same token, the couplings $`(H^0,h^0)\gamma \gamma `$are forbidden at tree level, since $`H^0,h^0`$cannot be coupled at tree level to massless vector bosons. Finally, another interesting argument is that $`A^0W^+W^{}`$and $`A^0ZZ`$are prohibited by $`C`$invariance, however, when fermions are introduced (by means of loops) $`C`$invariance is no longer valid (though $`CP`$invariance still holds in good aproximation). Consequently, these vertices can appear at one loop level by inserting fermions into the loops.

So in general, vertices with neutral particles only and one or two photons clearly vanish at tree level but can be generated at one loop. And same for a pair of gluons coupled to any of the neutral Higgs bosons. Gluon gluon fusion generated by one loop couplings $`(A^0,H^0,h^0)gg,`$is a very important source for Higgs production in Hadron colliders.

Additionally, there are other couplings whose absence can be explained by the quantum number assigments in table (2.1). For instance, the coupling of $`Z`$to non identical Higgs bosons is allowed only if such scalars have opposite $`CP`$numbers. Consequently, the couplings$`ZA^0H^0,ZA^0h^0`$are allowed while $`ZH^0h^0`$is forbidden. On the other hand, the couplings of $`Z`$to identical Higgs bosons areforbidden by *Bose-Einstein symmetry*. Moreover, $`H^\pm W^{}\gamma `$is prohibited by conservation of electromagnetic current.

As for the vertices $`H^\pm W^{}Z`$, they do not appear at tree level in the 2HDM. We should note however, that they are not forbidden by these quantum numbers (they appear in some triplet representations). In the case of multi-Higgs doublet models (including the 2HDM) they are prohibited at tree level because of the isospin symmetry. Notwithstanding, such couplings are allowed at loop levels owing to the breaking of the isospin symmetry by the loop particles. One loop contributions to the $`H^+W^{}Z`$ vertex are studied in  and will be discussed in section (3.2).

Finally, we should emphasize that when $`CP`$is violated, many of the missing vertices described above appear, though they are expected to be quite suppressed.

Furthermore, it is interesting to notice that the couplings of the kinetic sector satisfy automatically some tree level unitarity bounds. Since partial amplitudes cannot grow with energy, cancellations to avoid violation of unitarity are necessary. For example, in the case of $`V_LV_LV_LV_L`$scattering, cancelation is possible in SM because the vertex is of the form $`g_{\varphi ^0WW}=gm_W.`$When we have more than one doublet, this work does not have to be done by only one Higgs boson, instead we have the sum rule

$$\underset{i}{}g_{h_i^0VV}^2=g_{\varphi ^0VV}^2$$
(2.66)
where $`i`$labels all the neutral Higgs bosons of the extended Higgs sector, and $`\varphi ^0`$ denotes the SM Higgs. The sum rule (2.66) ensures the unitarity of $`V_LV_LV_LV_L.`$Moreover, to ensure $`f\overline{f}V_LV_L`$unitarity we ought to demand

$$\underset{i}{}g_{h_i^0VV}g_{h_i^0f\overline{f}}=g_{\varphi ^0VV}g_{\varphi ^0f\overline{f}}$$
(2.67)
in such a way that only the contribution of all Higgs bosons cancels the effect.

In the particular case of the 2HDM, Eq. (2.66) becomes

$$g_{h^0VV}^2+g_{H^0VV}^2=g_{\varphi ^0VV}^2$$
(2.68)
where $`\varphi ^0VV`$denotes the coupling of the SM Higgs with two vector bosons444Remember that the coupling $`A^0VV`$does not appear at tree level.. We can check that in terms of the mixing angles $`\alpha `$and $`\beta `$we get

$$\frac{g_{h^0VV}}{g_{\varphi ^0VV}}=\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right);\frac{g_{H^0VV}}{g_{\varphi ^0VV}}=\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)$$
(2.69)
from which the constraint (2.68) is obviously accomplished.

A very important phenomenological consequence of (2.68) is that the couplings of$`h^0,H^0`$to $`VV`$are supressed respect to SM ones. In particular, if one of the scalar Higgs bosons decouples at tree level from $`VV`$then the Higgs coupling at tree level of the other scalar Higgs is SM-like. In that case we say that one of the Higgs bosons “exhausts” or “saturates” the sum rule, this is a natural scenario in the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model (MSSM) in which $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)0`$is expected, so the coupling$`h^0VV`$almost saturates the sum rule and is SM like, while the coupling $`H^0VV`$is highly supressed.

It is worthwhile to point out that the existence of V$``$Higgs$``$Higgs couplings is a new feature of the 2HDM respect to SM. As we shall discuss in section (3.1), tree level unitarity constraints involving those kind of couplings are also satisfied.

As for the sum rule (2.67), it involves also the couplings of the Higgs bosons to fermions, which are model dependent, we shall see in next section that such rule is also automatically accomplished at tree level by some sets of Yukawa couplings.

#### 2.2.3 The Yukawa Lagrangian

The Most general gauge invariant Lagrangian that couples the Higgs fields to fermions reads

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\eta _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1U_{jR}^0+\eta _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0+`$ (2.70)
$`\eta _{ij}^{E,0}\overline{l}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1E_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{E,0}\overline{l}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2E_{jR}^0+h.c.,`$
where $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}`$represent the Higgs doublets, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_{1,2}i\sigma _2\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}`$,$`\eta _{ij}^0`$and $`\xi _{ij}^0`$are non diagonal $`3\times 3`$matrices and $`i,j`$denote family indices. $`D_R^0`$refers to the three down-type weak isospin quark singlets $`D_R^0(d_R^0,s_R^0,b_R^0)^T,U`$refers to the three up-type weak isospin quark singlets $`U_R^0(u_R^0,c_R^0,t_R^0)^T`$and $`E_R^0`$to the three charged leptons. Finally, $`\overline{Q}_{iL}^0,\overline{l}_{iL}^0`$denote the quark and lepton weak isospin left-handed doublets respectively. The superscript “$`0`$” indicates that the fields are not mass eigenstates yet.

From now on, I shall restrict the discussion to the quark sector only, since the extension of the arguments to the lepton sector is straightforward. What we can see from the model described by Eq. (2.70) is that in the most general case, both Higgs bosons couple (and consequently give masses) to the up and down sectors simultaneously. However, this general case leads to processes with Flavor Changing Neutral Currents (FCNC) at tree level. This is basically because by rotating the fermion gauge eigenstates of the down sector to get the mass eigenstates we are not able to diagonalize both coupling matrices $`\eta ^{D,0},\xi ^{D,0}`$ simultaneously555Of course, we still have the possibility of a fine tuning that allows us to diagonalize both matrices with the same transformation. Although it is not a very natural assumption, it leads to a model without FCNC different from the ones obtained from arguments of symmetry., the situation is similar for the up and lepton sectors.

Now, since processes containing FCNC are very strongly supressed experimentally, especially due to the small $`K_LK_S`$mass difference, these processes were considered dangerous. Consequently, several mechanisms to avoid them at the tree level were proposed, for instance one possibility is to consider the exchange of heavy scalar or pseudoscalar Higgs Fields  or by cancellation of large contributions with opposite sign. Perhaps the most “elegant” or “natural” supression mechanism is the one suggested by Glashow and Weinberg , who implemented a discrete symmetry that automatically forbids the couplings that generate such rare decays. Another mechanism was proposed by Cheng and Sher arguing that a natural value for the FC couplings from different families ought to be of the order of the geometric average of their Yukawa couplings , this assumption has been tested by Ref.  in the quark sector. Remarkably, absence of FCNC at tree level is possible even with both Higgs doublets coupled simultaneously to the up and down sectors; Ref.  studies the possibility of suppressing FCNC in a general 2HDM, by demanding a$`S_3`$permutation symmetry among the three fermion families, this $`S_3`$permutation symmetry would be broken spontaneously when the SSB of the gauge symmetry occurs, more details in section 3.1. On the other hand, Ref.  shows that the decoupling limit (to be discussed later on) is a natural scenario to get rid of tree level FCNC in the general 2HDM.

Let us first discuss the mechanism proposed by Weinberg and Glashow. We have said that the matrices $`\eta ^{U,0},\xi ^{U,0}`$cannot be diagonalized simultaneously, and the same applies to the couple of matrices $`\eta ^{D,0},\xi ^{D,0}.`$So it is immediate to realize that we can supress the FCNC at tree level in Lagrangian (2.70), if we manage to get rid of one of the pair of matrices $`(\eta ^{U,0},\xi ^{U,0})`$that couples the up sector to the Higgs doublets, and same for the down sector. We can achieve that, by implementing the following discrete symmetry

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\text{and }\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$
$`D_{jR}`$ $``$ $`D_{jR}\text{and }U_{jR}U_{jR}`$
so by demanding invariance under this discrete symmetry we have two cases

* When we use $`D_{jR}D_{jR}`$we should drop out $`\eta _{ij}^{U,0}`$and$`\eta _{ij}^{D,0}.`$ So, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ decouples from the Yukawa sector and only $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$couples and gives masses to the up and down sectors. This case is known as the 2HDM type I
* When we use $`D_{jR}D_{jR}`$then$`\eta _{ij}^{U,0}`$and $`\xi _{ij}^{D,0}`$vanish and therefore $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$couples and gives masses to the down sector while $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$couples and gives masses to the up sector. In this case we call it, the 2HDM type II.

In the most general framework of multi-Higgs doublet models, this supression mechanism acquires the character of a theorem , the theorem of Glashow and Weinberg says that the FCNC processes mediated by Higgs exchange are absent at tree level in a general multi-Higgs doublet model if all fermions of a given electric charge couple to no more than one Higgs doublet. The Lagrangians type I and II discussed above clearly accomplish the theorem. It is important to say that we can use the same type of couplings for both the quark and lepton sectors or on the other hand, we can treat them asymmetrically giving a total of four different Lagrangians666For instance, Ref.  classified these Yukawa Lagrangians as models I, II, III, and IV. I prefer to use the most common notation taking into account that for instance, the leptonic sector could be of type I and the quark sector of type II..

Furthermore, the Yukawa Lagrangians type I and II can also be generated from a continuous global symmetry. The set of transformations

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\text{and }\mathrm{\Phi }_2e^{i\phi }\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$
$`D_{jR}`$ $``$ $`e^{i\omega }D_{jR}\text{and }U_{jR}e^{i\phi }U_{jR}`$
with $`\omega \phi ,0`$; leads to the models type I and type II, respectively.

The discrete symmetry arises as a special case of this continuous symmetry when we fix $`\phi =\pi `$. Nevertheless, we should remember that the discrete symmetry leads to a Higgs potential which is phenomenologically different from the one generated by the continuous global symmetry as we saw in Sec. (2.2.1). Consequently, we should be careful in choosing the symmetry. For instance, as we saw in Sec. (2.2.1), the potential $`V_B`$in Eq. (2.8) that coincides with the potential of the Higgs Hunter’s Guide and the MSSM, comes from the imposition of the continuous global symmetry (plus a soft breaking term) and not from the discrete symmetry777We could argue that the potential $`V_B`$i.e. the potential in the Higgs Hunter’s Guide and the MSSM, comes from the discrete symmetry but adding a fine tuning such that $`\lambda _3=\lambda _4`$. Notwithstanding, the global continuous symmetry generates this potential without the necessity of any fine tuning., while the potential $`V_A^{}`$in Eq. (2.5) comes from the discrete symmetry.

However, the discrete (or global) symmetry is not compulsory and we should explore the possibility of having the whole model Eq. (2.70) including the FCNC, and look for the constraints that the experimental measurements impose on the region of parameters of the model. When we take into account all terms in (2.70), the two Higgs doublets couple and yield masses to both up-type and down-type fermions, in that case we call it the 2HDM type III.

From the discussion above, we conclude that the Feynman rules of the Yukawa Lagrangian are highly model dependent, and could be enhanced or supressed respect to SM in contrast to the kinetic couplings which are always supressed. Consequently, the phenomenology is very sensitive to the choice in the Yukawa sector.

There are however, some general characteristics related to the quantum spectrum $`J^{PC}`$for the particles involved in the Yukawa interactions. When we introduce fermions, $`C`$and $`P`$are not conserved separately any more, however $`CP`$is still a good symmetry (but not exact). If we assume CP conservation, the Higgs bosons and vectors that were considered above could be thought as admixtures of two states with well defined $`C`$and $`P`$(appropiate linear combinations of them are CP eigenstates, and even we can introduce a CP deviation $`ϵ`$), we show in table (2.2) the $`J^{PC}`$quantum numbers for Higgs and vector bosons when fermions are introduced i.e. when $`C`$and $`P`$are not conserved separately but CP is.

On the other hand, it is well known that for a $`f\overline{f}`$system, the quantum $`C`$and $`P`$numbers are $`P=\left(1\right)^{L+1},C=\left(1\right)^{L+S}`$; where $`L,S`$ denote the total orbital angular momentum and the total spin of the $`f\overline{f}`$ system, respectively. Then, $`f\overline{f}`$cannot be coupled to states of the type $`0^{},0^+.`$Therefore, in the couplings $`f\overline{f}(H^0,h^0)`$the Higgs bosons behave as purely $`0^{++}`$, while in $`f\overline{f}A^0`$the Higgs behaves as purely $`0^+`$. Hence, $`H^0,h^0`$couples with parity $`+1`$ to matter (fermions) while $`A^0`$couples with parity $`1`$to fermions, it is because of this fact that the Higgs boson $`A^0`$is usually called a pseudoscalar boson. Obviously, $`H^0,h^0`$continue being $`CP`$even and $`A^0`$continues being $`CP`$odd as long as $`CP`$invariance is demanded.

Additionally, there are two interesting gauge frameworks to generate the Yukawa couplings, the $`U`$gauge and the $`R`$gauge. Though calculations in the unitary gauge are simpler because the would be Goldstone bosons are removed, the usage of the $`R`$gauge in which the would be Goldstone bosons appears explicitly, could be useful if we are interested in calculations involving longitudinal vector bosons at high energies, since the equivalence theorem could be applied.

Now we shall examine the most interesting choices for the Yukawa Lagrangian and their features. Once again, for the sake of simplicity, I will restrict the equations and discussions to the quark sector, nevertheless most of the results hold for the leptonic sector too, with the proper changes.

##### The 2HDM type I

In the 2HDM type I, only one Higgs doublet (say $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$), couples to the fermions, so the Yukawa Lagrangian becomes

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type I}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\xi _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0`$ (2.71)
$`+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.,`$
When we expand in terms of mass eigenstates the Lagrangian reads

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type I}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}D\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right)`$ (2.72)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DA^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}U\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right)`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UA^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{cot}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}\left(KM_D^{diag}P_RM_U^{diag}KP_L\right)DH^+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UG_Z^0+{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DG_Z^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}\left(KM_D^{diag}P_RM_U^{diag}KP_L\right)DG_W^+`$
$`+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.`$
The interactions involving would be Goldstone bosons given above, appears in the $`R`$gauge and are identical in all Yukawa Lagrangians, however they vanish in the unitary gauge.

Note that since only one Higgs doublet couples to the fermions, the Lagrangian (2.71) is SM-like. However, it does not mean that the Higgs fermion interactions are SM-like, in Eq. (2.72) we see that all five Higgs bosons and the mixing angles from the 2HDM appears. It is because when we replace the scalar gauge eigenstates contained in the doublet by the corresponding mass eigenstates, we are taking into account the mixing of both doublets coming from the potential to obtain such mass eigenstates.

On the other hand, the Yukawa couplings in SM are given by

$$g_{\varphi ^0f\overline{f}}=\frac{m_f}{v}=\frac{gm_f}{2M_W}$$

in both the up and down sectors ($`f`$denotes any quark or charged lepton). It is interesting to analyze the deviations of these couplings respect to the ones in SM. In order to do it, we calculate the relative couplings (the quotient between the Yukawa couplings of the new physics and the SM Yukawa couplings). I will follow the notation defined in  for the relative couplings i.e. $`\chi _i^hg_i^h/\left(g_i^{\varphi ^0}\right)_{SM}`$with “$`i\mathrm{"}`$denoting a fermion antifermion (or $`VV`$) pair and $`\mathrm{`}\mathrm{`}h\mathrm{"}`$represents a generic Higgs boson. For the Lagrangian type I we get in third family notation

$`\chi _t^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _b^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _t^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)+\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _b^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)+\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _t^{A^0}`$ $`:`$ $`i\gamma _5\mathrm{cot}\beta ;\chi _b^{A^0}:i\gamma _5\mathrm{cot}\beta `$ (2.73)
There are several interesting features that could be seen above. First, the relative couplings of a certain Higgs boson to the down-type quarks are equal to the ones to the up type quarks, only the $`A^0`$couplings to the up and down type quarks differs from a relative sign. Second, from Eqs. (2.69) and (2.73) we see that the model type I satisfies the tree level unitarity bound given in Eq. (2.67). In the case of minimal mixing in the CP even sector i.e. $`\alpha =0,H^0`$is decoupled from the Yukawa sector while the couplings of $`h^0`$are maximal (for a given value of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$). In the case of $`\alpha =\pi /2,`$the behavior is the same but interchanging the roles of both CP even Higgses. Additionally, the Yukawa couplings for a certain Higgs can be enhanced or supressed depending on the values of the mixing angles $`\alpha ,\beta `$.

On the other hand, from (2.73) we can realize that in model I the heaviest (lightest) CP even Higgs becomes totally fermiophobic (i.e. all $`H^0\left(h^0\right)f\overline{f}`$ couplings vanish) if $`\alpha =0\left(\pi /2\right)`$. We should bear in mind however, that decays of $`H^0\left(h^0\right)`$to fermions are still possible via $`H^0\left(h^0\right)W^{}W\left(Z^{}Z\right)2f\overline{f}`$or $`H^0\left(h^0\right)W^{}W^{}\left(Z^{}Z^{}\right)2f\overline{f}`$. If the fermiophobic scenario were accomplished it would be a signature for physics beyond the SM, and the 2HDM type I would be an interesting candidate. In addition, we see that if we further assume that $`\beta \alpha =\pi /2\left(0\right)`$then $`H^0\left(h^0\right)`$becomes also bosophobic (respect to vector bosons, see Eq. (2.69) and ghostphobic, while $`h^0\left(H^0\right)`$acquires SM-like couplings to fermions and vector bosons. In the latter case, $`H^0\left(h^0\right)`$always needs another scalar particle to decay into fermions or vector bosons.

##### The 2HDM type II

In this case, one Higgs doublet (e.g. $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$) couples to the down sector of fermions while the other Higgs doublet (e.g. $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$) couples to the up sector.

$$\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type II}\right)=\eta _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.$$
(2.74)
In this case the expanded Lagrangian becomes

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type II}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}D\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha h^0\right)`$ (2.75)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DA^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}U\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right)`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UA^0`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}\left[\left(\mathrm{cot}\beta M_U^{diag}KP_L+\mathrm{tan}\beta KM_D^{diag}P_R\right)\right]DH^+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UG^0+{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DG^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}\left[\left(KM_D^{diag}P_RM_U^{diag}KP_L\right)\right]DG_W^+`$
$`+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.`$
this is the Lagrangian that is required in the MSSM. Notice that since the down fermion sector receives its masses on the first Higgs doublet while the up sector receives its masses from the second one; the hierarchy of the Yukawa couplings between the top and bottom quarks of the third generation becomes more natural if $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 35`$ and $`\mathrm{tan}\alpha 1`$. On the other hand, we can see that the couplings of up type fermions to Higgs bosons are the same for both models type I and II. It is because in both lagrangians (2.71) and (2.74) the up sector couples to the same Higgs doublet while the down sector couples to different ones888If we had chosen in the model type II to couple the doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$to the up sector and $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$to the down sector, the couplings of the down type fermions would had been the ones that coincide for models type I and II. It is a fact of convention..

Once again, comparison with SM is useful, calculating the relative couplings in the third generation notation, we get

$`\chi _t^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _b^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}=\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)+\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _t^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}=\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)+\mathrm{cot}\beta \mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _b^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}=\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
$`\chi _t^{A^0}`$ $`:`$ $`i\gamma _5\mathrm{cot}\beta ;\chi _b^{A^0}:i\gamma _5\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ (2.76)
from this results and Eqs. (2.69), we can see the following interesting relations among the relative couplings in the 2HDM type II

$`\left(\chi _V^{h^0}\right)^2+\left(\chi _V^{H^0}\right)^2`$ $`=`$ $`1`$
$`\left(\chi _u^{h^0,H^0}\chi _V^{h^0,H^0}\right)\left(\chi _V^{h^0,H^0}\chi _d^{h^0,H^0}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`1\left(\chi _V^{h^0,H^0}\right)^2`$
$`\left(\chi _u^{h^0,H^0}+\chi _d^{h^0,H^0}\right)\chi _V^{h^0,H^0}`$ $`=`$ $`1+\chi _u^{h,H^0}\chi _d^{h^0,H^0}`$
$`\left(1{\displaystyle \frac{m_{h^0}^2}{2m_{H^+}}}\right)\chi _V^{h^0}+{\displaystyle \frac{m_{h^0}^2\mu _3^2}{2m_{H^+}^2}}\left(\chi _d^{h^0}+\chi _u^{h^0}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\chi _{H^+}^{h^0}`$
From Eqs. (2.69) and (2.76) we see that the model type II satisfies the tree level unitarity bound given in Eq. (2.67). The relative couplings of a certain Higgs to the down-type quarks are different from the ones to the up type quarks unlike the case of Lagrangian type I .

On the other hand, if $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)0,`$the couplings of the lightest $`CP`$even Higgs boson $`h^0`$are almost identical to the SM Higgs couplings not only in the Yukawa potential but in the kinetic sector as well, if we additionally take $`H^0,A^0,H^\pm `$sufficiently heavy while keeping the quartic Higgs self couplings $`\text{O}\left(1\right)`$, we obtain the decoupling limit in which the low energy effective theory is the SM . In general, if one saturates the sume rules for $`VV`$with one scalar, the unitarity sum rules can be achieved by assuming SM-like couplings of the same Higgs with fermions. This is a natural scenario in the MSSM. However, it is not the only way to satisfy the sum rules, for instance the other Higgs (that is obviously weakly coupled to $`VV`$) could be strongly coupled to fermions so that the product $`g_{hVV}g_{hf\overline{f}}`$is still significant.

It is worthwhile to point out that there is a very strong difference between models I and II, in model II when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta >1`$some couplings (like $`At\overline{t}`$) are supressed, and others like $`Ab\overline{b}`$are enhanced, for instance in $`H^+\overline{t}b`$the contributions of the top (bottom) are suppressed (enhanced). In contrast, model I gives a uniform supression or enhancement pattern (for fixed $`\alpha `$).

Moreover, from (2.76) we can check that model type II does not exhibit a totally fermiophobic limit for any Higgs boson, unlike the model type I. For instance, if $`\alpha =\pi /2`$then $`h^0\left(H^0\right)`$become fermiophobic to fermions of up(down)-type, while couplings to the down(up)-type fermions are maximal, the opposite occurs when $`\alpha =0.`$ This partially fermiophobic behavior of the model type II is another important difference with model type I and with SM.

##### The 2HDM type III

The model type III consists of taking into account all terms in Lagrangian (2.70)

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\eta _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1U_{jR}^0+\eta _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+\xi _{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0`$ (2.77)
$`+\text{lepton sector}+h.c.`$
in the case of the model type III, we are able to make a rotation of the doublets in such a way that only one of the doublets acquire VEV. Therefore, we can assume without any loss of generality that $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1=v/\sqrt{2},\mathrm{\Phi }_2=0`$(see appendices B,C). After expanding the Lagrangian (2.77) we obtain

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}D\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha h^0\right)`$ (2.78)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^DD\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right)`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^D\gamma _5DA^0+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}U\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha h^0\right)`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{U}\xi ^UU\left[\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right]{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{U}\xi ^U\gamma _5UA^0`$
$`+\overline{U}\left(K\xi ^DP_R\xi ^UKP_L\right)DH^+`$
$`+\text{Goldstone interactions}+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.`$
where the Goldstone interactions are the same as in the case of (2.72) and (2.75).

There are several interesting characteristics: the diagonal couplings of the pseudoscalar Higgs boson and the charged Higgs bosons to fermions are not proportional to the fermion mass as is the case of models type I and II; they are proportional to $`\xi _{ff}`$i.e. the diagonal elements of the mixing matrix $`\xi .`$Additionally, the diagonal couplings involving $`CP`$even Higgs bosons have one term proportional to the fermion mass and other term proportional to $`\xi _{ff}.`$Once again we shall calculate the relative couplings of the model

$`\chi _t^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{\xi _{tt}\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\sqrt{2}m_t}}v`$
$`\chi _b^{H^0}`$ $`:`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{\xi _{bb}\mathrm{sin}\alpha }{\sqrt{2}m_b}}v`$
$`\chi _t^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{\xi _{tt}\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\sqrt{2}m_t}}v`$
$`\chi _b^{h^0}`$ $`:`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{\xi _{bb}\mathrm{cos}\alpha }{\sqrt{2}m_b}}v`$
$`\chi _t^{A^0}`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i\xi _{tt}}{\sqrt{2}m_t}}v;\chi _b^{A^0}:{\displaystyle \frac{i\xi _{bb}}{\sqrt{2}m_b}}v`$ (2.79)
The presence of diagonal mixing vertices could play a crucial role in looking for FCNC. At this respect, it is worthwhile to point out that the *relative couplings* in model type III are *not universal* because of the contribution of the factor $`\xi _{ff}/m_f,`$as a manner of example the relative couplings $`\chi _t^{H^0},\chi _c^{H^0},\chi _u^{H^0}`$are in general different999As we can easily see from Eqs. (2.73, 2.76) in model type I, the relative couplings $`\chi _f^h`$for a certain Higgs $`h`$, are the same for all fermions. In model type II, these relative couplings are equal for all up type fermions and for all down type fermions. In contrast, in the model type III all these relative couplings are in general, different each other. This breaking of the universality of the relative couplings in the model type III owes to the presence of the flavor diagonal contributions $`\xi _{ii}/m_i,`$unless we assume them to be universal as well., a deviation from the universal behavior could be a clear signature of FCNC at the tree level; even if only diagonal processes are observed. In particular, we cannot obtain a totally fermiophobic limit of (say) the Higgs $`h^0`$unless that a very precise pattern of the quotient $`\xi _{ff}/m_f`$is demanded, we can have for instance the possibility of $`h^0`$to be top-phobic101010With the top-phobic limit for certain Higgs, we mean that the coupling of that Higgs to a pair of top quarks vanishes. Nevertheless, the couplings of such Higgs to a top and any other quark could exist. but not charm-phobic or up-phobic, this is due to the lack of universality discussed previously . In contrast, model type I, can only be fermiophobic to all fermions simultaneously , while model type II can only be fermiophobic to all down-type or all up-type fermions simultaneously. Moreover, as it was explained above, $`A^0`$ couples to a pair of fermions $`f\overline{f}`$ through the matrix element $`\xi _{ff}`$. Therefore in model III, if $`\xi _{ff}=0`$for a certain specific fermion, then $`A^0`$becomes fermiophobic to it (and only to it). It is also interesting to see that the matrix elements $`\xi _{ij}`$modify the charged Higgs couplings as well: $`g_{H^+f_if_j}=\left(K_{ik}\xi _{kj}^DP_R\xi _{ik}^UK_{kj}P_L\right)`$, where $`K`$is the Kobayashi Maskawa matrix and $`P_{L\left(R\right)}`$are the left(right) projection operators. At this respect there are two features to point out i) the flavor changing charged currents (FCCC) in the quark sector are modified by the same matrix that produces FCNC, ii) in the lepton sector FCCC are generated by the same matrix that generates FCNC .

Finally, we can see that the tree level unitarity constraints (2.67) impose a condition on the diagonal elements $`\xi _{ff}`$of the mixing matrix, preventing them to be arbitrarily large.

Since in model III we can find a basis in which we are able to get rid of one of the VEV’s, the mass eigenstates become simpler. By using say $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2=0,`$we obtain the mass eigenstates by setting $`\beta =0`$in Eq. (2.29). We shall call it the “fundamental parametrization”. In that case, only the doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$generates the spontaneous symmetry breaking, thus it is the only one that provides masses for the fermions and vector bosons. The second doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$only provides interactions with them.

Additionally, taking $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2=0`$and using the basis of states ($`h_1,h_2,g_2,H^\pm `$) we can see that $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ corresponds to the SM doublet and $`h_1`$to the SM Higgs field since it has the same couplings and no interactions with $`h_2,g_2`$. Consequently, all the new scalar fields belong to the second doublet $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2.`$ Moreover, $`h_2,g_2`$do not have couplings to gauge bosons of the form $`h_2(g_2)ZZ`$or $`h_2(g_2)W^+W^{}`$. Nevertheless, we ought to remember that $`h_1,h_2`$are not mass eigenstates, they mix through the angle $`\alpha `$(see Eq. (2.29)). However, as soon as we consider a scenario with $`\alpha 0`$these features become important since the set ($`h_1,h_2,g_2,H^\pm `$) becomes a mass eigenstates basis. As we will see later on, when $`\alpha =0`$in the fundamental parametrization, we arrive to the decoupling limit of the 2HDM.

On the other hand, we can parametrize the Yukawa Lagrangian type III by preserving both VEV’s different from zero, we shall see below that the relation between the model type III with the models type I or type II is clearer with this parametrization. In order to distinguish between the parametrization with only one VEV Eq. (2.77) from the parametrization with two VEV, we write down the latter in the following way

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1^{}U_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}D_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2^{}U_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}D_{jR}^0`$ (2.80)
$`+\text{lepton sector}+h.c.`$
where$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}=v_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}=v_2.`$The relations among $`(\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,D},\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,D})`$and $`(\eta _{ij}^{U,D},\xi _{ij}^{U,D})`$ are calculated in appendix (B). First we split the Lagrangian (2.80) in two parts

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1U_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+h.c.`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0+\text{lepton sector}+h.c.`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}`$
In order to convert this lagrangian into mass eigenstates we make the unitary transformations

$`D_{L,R}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(V_{L,R}\right)D_{L,R}^0,`$
$`U_{L,R}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(T_{L,R}\right)U_{L,R}^0`$ (2.81)
from which we obtain the mass matrices. In the parametrization with both VEV different from zero we get

$`M_D^{diag}`$ $`=`$ $`V_L\left[{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{\sqrt{2}}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{D,0}+{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{\sqrt{2}}}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{D,0}\right]V_R^{},`$
$`M_U^{diag}`$ $`=`$ $`T_L\left[{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{\sqrt{2}}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}+{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{\sqrt{2}}}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}\right]T_R^{}.`$ (2.82)
We can solve for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{D,0},\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$obtaining

$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{D,0}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_2}}V_L^{}M_D^{diag}V_R{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{D,0}`$
$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_2}}T_L^{}M_D^{diag}T_R{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}`$ (2.83)
Let us call the Eqs. (2.83), parametrization of type I. Replacing them into (2.80) the expanded Lagrangians for up and down sectors are

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^{\left(I\right)}\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}U\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (2.84)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^UU\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UA^0+{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U\gamma _5UA^0`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{cot}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}KP_LDH^++{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^UKP_LDH^+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UG^0{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}KP_LDG_W^+`$
$`+h.c.`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^{\left(I\right)}\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}D\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (2.85)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^DD\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DA^0{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^D\gamma _5DA^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{cot}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^{diag}P_RDH^+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}K\stackrel{~}{\eta }^DP_RDH^+`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DG^0+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^{diag}P_RDG_W^+`$
$`+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.`$
where $`K`$ is the CKM matrix, $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U(D)}=T_L(V_L)\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U(D),0}T_R^{}(V_R)^{}`$ and similarly for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U(D)}`$. The superindex $`\left(I\right)`$ refers to the parametrization type I. In order to make the expansion above, we have used the Eqs. (2.29) but replacing $`\alpha \alpha ^{}`$since the notation $`\alpha `$will be reserved for the mixing angle between CP even scalars in the fundamental parametrization (see appendix B). The leptonic sector is obtained from the equation (2.85) replacing the down-type (up-type) quarks by the charged leptons (neutrinos).

It is easy to check that if we add (2.84) and (2.85) we obtain a Lagrangian consisting of the one in the 2HDM type I , plus some FC interactions, i.e., $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(U)}^{(I)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(D)}^{(I)}`$. Therefore, we obtain the Lagrangian of type I from Eqs. (2.84) and (2.85) by setting $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^D=\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U=0.`$

On the other hand, from (2.2.3), we can also solve for $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{D,0},\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}`$ instead of $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{D,0},\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$, to get

$`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{D,0}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_1}}V_L^{}M_D^{diag}V_R{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{D,0}`$
$`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_1}}T_L^{}M_U^{diag}T_R{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$ (2.86)
which we call parametrization of type II. Replacing them into (2.80) the expanded Lagrangians for up and down sectors become

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^{\left(II\right)}\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}U\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (2.87)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^UU\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UA^0{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^U\gamma _5UA^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{tan}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}KP_LDH^+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^UKP_LDH^+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}\gamma _5UG^0{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_U^{diag}KP_LDG_W^+`$
$`+h.c.`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^{\left(II\right)}\left(\text{type III}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}D\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (2.88)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^DD\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DA^0+{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^D\gamma _5DA^0`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{tan}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^{diag}P_RDH^++{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}K\stackrel{~}{\xi }^DP_RDH^+`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D^{diag}\gamma _5DG^0+{\displaystyle \frac{g}{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^{diag}P_RDG_W^+`$
$`+\text{leptonic sector}+h.c.`$
The superindex $`(II)`$refers to the parametrization type II. Moreover, if we add the Lagrangians (2.84) and (2.88) we find the Lagrangian of the 2HDM type II  plus some FC interactions, $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(U)}^{(I)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(D)}^{(II)}`$. Similarly like before, Lagrangian type II is obtained setting $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^D=\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U=0`$, in the total Lagrangian $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(U)}^{(I)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(D)}^{(II)}`$. Therefore, Lagrangian type III can be written as the model type II plus FC interactions if we use the parametrization type I in the up sector and the parametrization type II in the down sector, it is valid since $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^U`$and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^D`$are independent each other and same to $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D}.`$

Moreover, we can build two additional parametrizations by adding $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(U)}^{(II)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(D)}^{(II)}`$and $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(U)}^{(II)}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(D)}^{(I)}`$. The former corresponds to a model type I plus FC interactions but interchanging the role of the doublets $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_2;`$the latter gives a model type II plus FC interactions with the same interchange. On the other hand, terms involving would-be Goldstone bosons are the same in all parametrizations in the R-gauge, while in the unitary gauge they vanish .

Finally, as it is demostrated in appendix (B) the FC matrices $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D},\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D}`$are related to the FC matrices $`\eta ^{U,D},\xi ^{U,D}`$in the fundamental parametrization Eq. (2.78) through the following formulae (see Eqs. (B.94)), here we shall write them in terms of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$

$`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{M_{U,D}}{v}}\sqrt{{\displaystyle \frac{2}{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }}}{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{tan}\beta }{\sqrt{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }}}\xi ^{U,D}`$
$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\sqrt{{\displaystyle \frac{2}{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }}}\right){\displaystyle \frac{M_{U,D}}{v}}\mathrm{tan}\beta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }}}\xi ^{U,D}`$
$`\eta ^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}M_{U,D}`$
$`\xi ^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\sqrt{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }\right)\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D}{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{tan}\beta }{v}}M_{U,D}`$ (2.89)
The development of these new parametrizations of the 2HDM type III, facilitates the comparison of it with the models type I and type II. In addition, one of these parametrizations has been used by Haber and Gunion  to study the decoupling limit of the general two Higgs doublet model. Further, in Sec. (4.5) we shall obtain some limits on the free parameters of the model in the framework of one of these parametrizations.

## Chapter 3 Present Status of the general Two Higgs Doublet Models

### 3.1 Theoretical constraints

The most important theoretical constraints come from the $`\rho `$parameter and the unitarity limits. In SM, $`\rho =1`$ at tree level. On the other hand, in models beyond the standard model values around $`\rho 1`$are expected too. In arbitrary Higgs multiplet representations the value of $`\rho `$at tree level is given by

$$\rho \frac{M_W^2}{M_Z^2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _W}=\frac{_{T_i,Y_i}\left[4T_i(T_i+1)Y_i^2\right]\left|V_{T_iY_i}\right|^2C_{T_iY_i}}{_{T_i,Y_i}2Y_i^2\left|V_{T_iY_i}\right|^2},$$

where$`V_{T_iY_i}=<\mathrm{\Phi }(T_iY_i)>_0`$defines the VEV of the neutral Higgses, $`Y_i`$ is the hypercharge value of the multiplet number $`i.T_i`$ is the $`SU(2)_L`$isospin i.e. $`T_i(T_i+1)`$ are the eigenvalues of the generators: $`_{j=1}^3\left(T_i\right)_{jL}^2`$. Finally, the coefficients $`C_{T_iY_i}`$are defined as

$$C_{T_iY_i}=\{\begin{array}{c}1,\text{if }Y_i0\\ \frac{1}{2},\text{if }T_i\text{is integer and}Y_i=0.\end{array}$$

in the case of the 2HDM, we have $`Y_1=Y_2=1,C_{T_1Y_1}=C_{T_2Y_2}=1,T_1=T_2=1/2.`$From which we can see that the relation $`\rho =1`$is maintained at tree level.

In SM the one loop correction to the $`\rho `$parameter  is dominated by the top quark loop

$$\mathrm{\Delta }\rho =\frac{3G_Fm_t^2}{8\sqrt{2}\pi ^2}$$

by contrast, the contributions coming from the first family are given by mild logarithmic terms. This fact is related to the breaking of a global $`SU\left(2\right)_V`$symmetry . This isospin symmetry “protects” the relation $`\rho =1`$at next to leading order. The first generation of quarks preserves in good approximation such “custodial symmetry”. In contrast, the third generation of quarks breaks the symmetry strongly producing a very sizeable one loop contribution . Constraints coming from radiative corrections to $`\rho `$in the 2HDM will be discussed later on.

Other important theoretical constraints come from unitarity. As it was mentioned in section (2.2.2), the unitarity bound coming from $`V_LV_LV_LV_L`$scatterings is accomplished if

$$\underset{i}{}g_{h_i^0VV}^2=g_{\varphi ^0VV}^2$$
(3.1)
where $`i`$labels all the neutral Higgs bosons of the 2HDM and $`\varphi ^0`$refers to the SM Higgs. Additionally, we saw that the requirement of unitarity for the $`f\overline{f}V_LV_L`$scattering leads to

$$\underset{i}{}g_{h_i^0VV}g_{h_i^0f\overline{f}}=g_{\varphi ^0VV}g_{\varphi ^0f\overline{f}}$$
(3.2)
As we saw in Sec. (2.2.2), the condition (3.1) is accomplished for the general 2HDM since the couplings of any Higgs to $`VV`$are universal. In contrast, the second condition (3.2) is accomplished automatically by the 2HDM type I and II, but not by the type III one, in the latter case this condition provides a constraint for the diagonal terms of the mixing matrix as it was already mentioned.

On the other hand, unitarity bounds of processes involving $`VHiggsHiggs`$couplings determines the form of such couplings. For instance, unitarity constraints in $`H^+W^{}H^+W^{}`$and $`A^0ZA^0Z`$leads to the following sum rule .

$$g_{H^+W^{}h^0}^2+g_{H^+W^{}H^0}^2=\left(g_{h^0A^0Z}^2+g_{H^0A^0Z}^2\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _W=\frac{g^2}{4}$$
(3.3)
Moreover, unitarity of $`A^0ZW^+W^{}`$requires a precise ratio between $`g_{H^0A^0Z}`$and $`g_{h^0A^0Z}^2`$. Similarly, unitarity of $`H^+W^{}W^+W^{}`$determines a relation among the couplings $`g_{H^+W^{}h^0}`$and $`g_{H^+W^{}H^0}`$. Combining the sum rule (3.3) with the unitarity bounds from$`A^0ZW^+W^{}`$and $`H^+W^{}W^+W^{}`$, the following values for the $`VHiggsHiggs`$couplings are obtained

$`g_{h^0A^0Z}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2\mathrm{cos}\theta _W}}\mathrm{cos}(\beta \alpha );g_{H^+W^{}h^0}={\displaystyle \frac{g}{2}}\mathrm{cos}(\beta \alpha )`$
$`g_{H^0A^0Z}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2\mathrm{cos}\theta _W}}\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$
They coincide with the values gotten by direct expansion of the kinetic Lagrangian, and tree level unitarity is also automatically satisfied by $`VHiggsHiggs`$couplings.

On the other hand, tree level unitarity bounds in the Higgs potential can also be derived from the two body scattering of scalars $`S_1S_2S_3S_4.`$Tree level unitarity constraints for the potential $`V_A^{}`$in Eq. (2.5) have been calculated  obtaining strong upper limits on some free parameters of the Higgs potential with exact $`Z_2`$invariance. For instance, Ref.  obtains the following useful bound

$$m_{h^0}\sqrt{\frac{16\pi \sqrt{2}}{3G_F}\mathrm{cos}^2\beta m_{H^0}^2\mathrm{cot}^2\beta }$$

Notwithstanding, Akeroyd *et. al.*  showed that by introducing the soft breaking term $`\mu _3^2`$ (from which we arrive to the potential $`V_A`$Eq.(2.6)) such bounds are weaken considerably. Additionally, Ref.  also shows that the inclusion of charged states not included in  changes significantly the bounds on $`m_{H^\pm }`$and $`m_{A^0}`$. In the absence of the soft breaking term, general unitarity bounds are $`m_{H^\pm }691`$GeV$`,m_{A^0}695`$GeV$`,m_{h^0}435`$GeV, $`m_{H^0}638`$GeV. These bounds are obtained for relatively small values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$($`\mathrm{tan}\beta 0.5`$). For large values of it the upper bound is smaller, but only $`h^0`$is very sensitive to the variation in $`\mathrm{tan}\beta ,`$especially for small values of the soft breaking term. For $`\mu _3^2=0,`$the sensitivity is very strong, but for large values of $`\mu _3^2`$e.g. $`\mu _3^2=15,`$the plot $`m_{h^0}`$vs$`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$becomes a horizontal line predicting $`m_{h^0}670`$GeV. The relaxation of the strong correlation between $`m_{h^0}`$and $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$could be a mechanism to distinguish between the potential with the exact symmetry and with the softly broken symmetry.

Unfortunately, no general unitarity bounds have been calculated for the potentials $`V`$Eq. (2.4) and $`V_B`$Eq. (2.8)$`.`$However in the fermiophobic limit of model I, a tree level unitarity bound can be easily obtained for $`V_B`$

$$m_{h^0}^2=m_{A^0}2\left(\lambda _+\lambda _1\right)v^2\mathrm{cos}^2\beta $$
(3.4)
we see that if we assume $`\beta \pi /2`$then $`m_{h^0}^2m_{A^0}^2.`$As for the potential $`V`$, Ref.  estimates that in the decoupling limit the introduction of unitarity implies for the heavy Higgs bosons to be nearly degenerate.

However, it should be pointed out that tree level unitarity is only a guide, its violation could imply a strongly interacting Higgs sector. Nevertheless, in that case perturbative arguments become suspect.

It has also been mentioned that flavor changing neutral currents impose strong constraints on the 2HDM, since the introduction of the second doublet produces them automatically. These rare processes can be suppressed on either theoretical or phenomenological grounds. The most common theoretical mechanism consists of the imposition of a $`Z_2`$symmetry (or a global $`U\left(1\right)`$ symmetry) as dicussed in section (2.2.3) generating the models type I and II. Nevertheless, there are also some theoretical considerations that permits us to avoid FCNC in the type III model. Two interesting scenarios for a flavor conserving type III model deserves special attention. 1) A model type III with a permutation symmetry among the fermion families , and 2) the decoupling limit of the 2HDM type III . Let us discuss them briefly.

The motivation for introducing the $`S_3`$permutation symmetry, comes from the similarity among the fermion families. Since there are not fermion masses before the SSB of the gauge symmetry, it is logical to assume that before the SSB the three generations of fermions are indistinguishable i.e. they hold an $`S_3`$symmetry. After the SSB of the gauge symmetry, fermions acquire masses i.e. distinguibility, thus the $`S_3`$symmetry should be spontaneously broken as well. The implementation of such permutation symmetry conduces automatically to the supression of FCNC at tree level , but also leads to a 3$`\times `$3 unit CKM matrix. Notwithstanding, Ref.  showed that by introducing an appropiate soft breaking term, we could still get a flavor conserving type III model while obtaining a reasonable CKM matrix.

As for the decoupling limit, Ref.  shows that this particular scenario automatically suppress both FCNC and CP violating couplings in the 2HDM type III. More details about the decoupling limit will be discussed in Sec. (3.2.2).

Furthermore, renormalization group equations could be utilized to obtain some useful constraints. For instance, we can demand that the self interacting parameters in the Higgs potential remain perturbative up to a large scale (typically the grand unification scale i.e. $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{GUT}10^{16}`$GeV), and also that the vacuum of the potential remains stable up to such large scale. In SM such bounds have been studied at first by Cabibbo *et. al.*  and Lindner . The criterium of perturbativity provides an upper limit of the SM Higgs mass of about 180 GeV when the cut-off scale is taken to be $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{GUT}10^{16}`$GeV. Meanwhile, vacuum stability provides a lower limit of about 130 GeV , for the same cut-off. On the other hand, if the cut-off scale is extended up to the Planck scale $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{Planck}10^{19}`$GeV, the allowed interval becomes $`145`$GeV$`m_h175`$ GeV , therefore perturbativity and vacuum stability requirements gives a rather strong allowed interval for the Higgs mass in SM. As for the 2HDM, Ref.  has examined the constraints coming from perturbativity and vacuum stability up to the grand unification scale in the type II version without the soft breaking term in the potential. Such reference found that these criteria impose an upper limit for the charged Higgs of $`m_{H^\pm }150`$GeV which is in conflict with the lower bound for it $`m_{H^\pm }500`$GeV111At the time of ref , the lower bound was significantly smaller $`m_{H^+}165`$GeV, but enough for the conflict to arise.. Consequently, the 2HDM type II (without the soft breaking term) cannot be valid up to the unification scale. In contrast, model I is not excluded by these criteria, since the experimental lower limit for $`m_{H^\pm }`$is significantly milder.

We should remark however that bounds from perturbativity and vacuum stability from the electroweak (EW) scale up to any cut-off scale is only a guidance, if they are not accomplished it merely means that the model is only valid up to a lower scale (or that it belongs to a non-perturbative regime). Indeed, we can reverse the problem and check until what scale might our model be valid. For instance, Ref.  have calculated lower and upper bounds of $`m_{h^0}`$ in the context of the 2HDM types I and II but including the soft breaking term in the potential. These bounds are estimated as a function of the cutoff scale and also of the soft breaking term of the discrete symmetry, requiring that the running coupling constants neither blow up nor fall down below $`\mathrm{\Lambda }`$. Comparing with the corresponding SM constraints, the upper bound does not change so much but the lower bound is substantially reduced. In particular, in the decoupling limit with a large soft breaking term, the upper bound for the 2HDM for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{Planck}=10^{19}`$ GeV, and $`m_t=175`$ GeV, is about $`175`$ GeV, which is basically the same as the corresponding SM upper bound. By contrast, the corresponding lower bound for the 2HDM is about $`100`$ GeV while the SM bound is about $`145`$ GeV. In the region of small soft breaking term the lower and upper bounds depend on the soft-breaking mass and when the soft breaking term vanishes, the lower bound no longer appears .

Finally, perturbativity could be also examined at a fixed scale (typically the electroweak one) to bound the free parameters of the model at that scale. For example, perturbative constraints at the EW scale  on the $`\lambda _i`$restrict the allowed values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, from these grounds it is found that $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 30`$is strongly disfavoured .

### 3.2 Phenomenological constraints

Let us discuss radiative corrections to $`\rho `$first. There are different renormalization schemes, Marciano and Sirlin  maintain the relation $`m_W=m_Z\mathrm{cos}\theta _W`$and radiative corrections appear in the relation between $`G_F`$and $`m_W.`$In the Veltman scheme , the free parameters of the electroweak theory are $`g,\mathrm{sin}\theta _W`$and $`m_W.`$The effective one loop value for $`m_Z^2`$ is extracted from $`\overline{\vartheta }_\mu e`$and $`\vartheta _\mu \overline{e}`$at one loop, and writing them in the tree level form with a corrected $`m_Z`$value. From the Veltman scheme the one loop correction $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$is written as

$$m_W^2\mathrm{\Delta }\rho =A_{WW}\left(k^2=0\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _WA_{ZZ}\left(k^2=0\right)$$
(3.5)
$`A_{VV}`$are the propagator corrections at zero momentum transfer.

In the $`R`$gauge, the terms that could be quadratically dependent on the Higgs boson masses come from diagrams with either two Higgs bosons or a Higgs boson and a Goldstone boson, as well as associated tadpole type diagrams.

The contribution of the Higgs sector in the $`Rgauge`$in the 2HDM type II is given by

$`A_{WW}^{HH}\left(0\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _WA_{ZZ}^{HH}\left(0\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g^2}{64\pi ^2}}\{F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{H^+}^2,m_{A^0}^2)+[F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{H^+}^2,m_{H^0}^2)`$
$`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{A^0}^2,m_{H^0}^2)\left]\mathrm{sin}^2\right(\beta \alpha )`$
$`+[F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{H^+}^2,m_{h^0}^2)`$
$`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{A^0}^2,m_{h^0}^2)]\mathrm{cos}^2(\beta \alpha )\}`$
$`A_{WW}^{HG}\left(0\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _WA_{ZZ}^{HG}\left(0\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g^2}{64\pi ^2}}\mathrm{cos}^2(\beta \alpha )[F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_W^2,m_{H^0}^2)`$ (3.6)
$`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_W^2,m_{h^0}^2)F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_Z^2,m_{H^0}^2)`$
$`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_Z^2,m_{H^0}^2)+F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_Z^2,m_{h^0}^2)]`$
where $`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_1^2,m_2^2)`$is defined as

$$F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_1^2,m_2^2)\frac{1}{2}\left(m_1^2+m_2^2\right)\frac{m_1^2m_2^2}{m_1^2m_2^2}\mathrm{ln}\frac{m_1^2}{m_2^2}$$
(3.7)
Notwithstanding, we should be careful in removing the contribution from the SM Higgs, a natural approach could be to take $`h^0`$as the SM Higgs with modified couplings, and extract the contribution of $`h^0`$with SM couplings.

Since $`m_Wm_Z`$the HG (Higgs-Goldstone) contribution is very small. While the HH contribution could be large depending upon the mixing angles and masses. From expressions (3.5-3.7) it is easy to check that $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$depends basically on the splitting between $`m_{H^+}`$and$`m_{A^0}`$as well as from the splitting of $`m_{H^+}`$with the CP even Higgses. Combined experimental measurements on neutral currents of $`\mathrm{sin}^2\theta _W,m_Z`$and $`m_W,`$imply that the charged Higgs mass cannot be much larger than the neutral Higgs mass (except if the Higgs is SM like). There are some bounds about the splitting between $`m_{H^0}`$and $`m_{H^+}.`$In SUSY a very natural scenario consists of $`m_{H^0}m_{A^0}m_{H^+}`$with a SM like $`h^0`$Higgs. The term$`F_{\mathrm{\Delta }\rho }(m_{H^+}^2,m_{A^0}^2)`$vanishes in this case and the other terms tend to be cancelled by the small splitting of $`m_Wm_Z,`$then these contributions are expected to be small in SUSY scenarios. Notice that $`A_{ZZ}\left(0\right)`$tends to cancel the otherwise large $`A_{WW}\left(0\right)`$contribution.

For the model type I, the contribution to $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$has been estimated in the unitary gauge

$`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{16\pi ^2v^2}}[\mathrm{sin}^2(\beta \alpha )F(m_{H^\pm },m_{A^0}^2,m_{H^0}^2)`$
$`+\mathrm{cos}^2(\beta \alpha )F(m_{H^\pm },m_{A^0}^2,m_{h^0}^2)]`$
$`F(a,b,c)`$ $``$ $`a+{\displaystyle \frac{bc}{bc}}\mathrm{ln}{\displaystyle \frac{b}{c}}{\displaystyle \frac{ab}{ab}}\mathrm{ln}{\displaystyle \frac{a}{b}}{\displaystyle \frac{ac}{ac}}\mathrm{ln}{\displaystyle \frac{a}{c}}`$
In the case of model type I, if a light $`h^0`$Higgs still exists, the variation of $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$with $`h^0`$is soft, but it depends on $`m_{A^0}`$and $`m_{A^0}m_{H^\pm }`$(or $`m_{H^\pm }`$ and $`m_{A^0}m_{H^\pm }`$). Once again, $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$can be used to restrict the splitting between the charged Higgs and neutral Higgs bosons. Ref  shows that in the general 2HDM when $`m_{A^0}`$is small, the contribution to $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$can grow quadratically with the other Higgs masses, so in order to keep $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$small, a correlation among the Higgs boson masses to cancel this large loop contributions should be assumed. Ref  presents constraints in the framework of the general 2HDM with a very light CP-odd scalar, these bounds are shown in a $`m_Hm_{H^+}`$plane for three different values of $`\mathrm{sin}^2\left(\beta \alpha \right),`$constraining strongly the splitting between such scalars.

Other observables useful to constrain the 2HDM are $`Br\left(bs\gamma \right),`$the$`Zb\overline{b}`$hadronic decay branchig ratio $`\left(R_b\right),`$the forward backward asymmetry of the bottom quark in $`Z`$decays$`\left(A_b\right)`$; and the muon anomalous magnetic moment of the muon, $`a_\mu .`$The effectiveness of each observable to constrain the model depend on the specific scenario, for instance, when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$is of the order of 1 the asymmetry $`A_b`$is less effective to constrain in the $`m_{H^+}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$plane than $`R_b`$. The anomalous magnetic moment of the muon $`a_\mu `$is a very important parameter to restrict any physics beyond the SM, in particular the 2HDM. Since much of our analysis is based on this observable, we shall revise its present status in section 4.1. For now, I just say that its present world average experimental value is given by

$$a_\mu ^{\text{exp}}\frac{\left(g2\right)_\mu ^{\text{exp}}}{2}=\mathrm{11\hspace{0.33em}659\hspace{0.33em}203}\left(8\right)\times 10^{10}$$

and the SM estimation has been calculated recently by a variety of authors , though their estimations are rather different, all of them coincide in the fact that the SM value based on $`e^+e^{}`$hadrons data, is roughly $`3\sigma `$below the present world average measurement (see details in section 4.1). Thus, the theoretical and experimental current estimations seem to show the necessity of new physics. The fact that $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$should be positive at 95% CL, impose strong restrictions to any physics beyond the SM.

On the other hand, bounds on the 2HDM might also be extracted from the non-observation of direct Higgs production and/or decays. For instance, in scenarios with a very light CP odd Higgs boson constraints can be derived from $`Br\left(\mathrm{{\rm Y}}A^0\gamma \right),ZAAA,f\left(f^{}\right)\overline{f}Z\left(W^\pm \right)AAZ\left(W^\pm \right)+\mathrm{`}\mathrm{`}\gamma \gamma \mathrm{"}`$and $`f\overline{f}H^+H^{}Z\left(W^+W^{}\right)+\mathrm{`}\mathrm{`}\gamma \gamma \mathrm{"}`$. Similar decays with $`A^0`$replaced by $`h^0`$can be used to bound scenarios with a very light CP even Higgs boson. For intermediate Higgs bosons, limits could be derived from the non observations of processes like$`e^+e^{}Z^{}Zh^0`$, and in the heavy regime from processes like $`h^0ZZ`$leptons.

Further, as well as constraining the model it is necessary to explore the possibility to produce the Higgs bosons from colliders. The expected observed production rate is usually very model dependent and, of course depend also on the experimental luminosity and detector efficiency.

At $`e^+e^{}`$machines production mechanisms depend upon substantial $`VV`$ couplings. The most advantageous scenario for these machines would be a roughly equally $`VV`$couplings for both scalars, if one of the Higgses tend to saturate these couplings (as in MSSM) then the discovery of the weak coupled Higgs would be problematical in $`e^+e^{}`$machines. $`A^0`$is particularly problematical in these colliders since it is not coupled to $`VV,`$the main production mode that is available is $`e^+e^{}Z^{}A^0h^0`$or $`A^0H^0.`$The cross sections of these processes are proportional to $`\mathrm{cos}^2\left(\beta \alpha \right),\mathrm{sin}^2\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$for $`h^0,H^0`$respectively. Detection might be possible if $`m_{A^0}+m_{h^0}`$(or $`m_{A^0}+m_{H^0}`$) is not too large compared to the machine energy, and the vertex $`ZA^0\left(h^0\right)H^0`$is a saturating coupling. Further, if $`h^0,A^0`$are sufficiently light, they may be produced with a $`Z`$on shell and the production rate would be higher. With sufficiently high energy, the heavy states can be produced via $`e^+e^{}H^+H^{}`$or $`e^+e^{}H^0A^0.`$We should notice that modes in which one or both Higgses go to $`ee`$are difficult to detect because of the QED background. Prospects for detection of a single Higgs in $`e^+e^{}`$colliders are $`e^+e^{}ZZh^0\left(A^0\right)`$where one of the $`Z^{}s`$is off shell. If $`m_{h^0}>2m_Z`$“the gold-plated” detection mode is $`h^0ZZ`$leptons (for $`m_{h^0}130`$GeV, $`h^0ZZ^{}`$could be a signature). In the intermediate mass Higgs regimes other decays are required . With increasing center of mass energy,$`W^+W^{}`$fusion begins to be the dominant mechanism.

In hadron colliders, the dominant mechanism for Higgs production is the $`gg`$fusion through a top quark loop. Important prospects for single Higgs production are $`ggA^0,h^0,H^0`$and $`gbH^{}t.`$An interesting method could be from $`ggQ\overline{Q}^{}(H^0,A^0,H^\pm )`$where $`Q`$is a heavy quark ($`b`$or $`t`$) and the Higgs decays into a Heavy quark pair. Another interesting source is the quarkonium decay to $`h\gamma `$which could be enhanced or supressed according to the model. Indirect signatures could be given by $`{}_{}{}^{3}S_{1}^{}\left(t\overline{t}\right)b\overline{b},`$the SM contributions come from $`W`$exchange, but in two doublets a $`H^+`$could be placed wherever the $`W^+`$is. So alterations of the rate could be detected especially if $`\mathrm{tan}\beta <1`$so that the $`t\overline{b}H^+`$coupling is enhanced. Many other quarkonium decays can be a direct source for Higgs boson pairs. Some of them take into account exotic quarks with new CKM elements.

Another possibility is the $`\gamma \gamma `$collider mode via $`\gamma \gamma `$fusion (dominated by $`\rho W^{}`$or $`t\overline{t}`$loop), depending on the mass of the Higgs in the final state decay.

On the other hand, muon muon colliders offer interesting perspectives for Higgs discovery, because Higgs bosons $`s`$channels are enhanced respect to $`e^+e^{}`$colliders, though still weak (proportional to the muon mass) but production can be significant if the collider is run on the Higgs resonance $`\sqrt{s}=m_H`$. Further, they could be made feasible to reach energy in the multi-TeV regime. Many references have address the perpective of looking for the Higgs bosons in this kind of machines . In particular, the fourth of Refs.  shows that in the large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ regime, production of a single charged or pseudoscalar Higgs in association with a gauge boson is possible in muon colliders (i.e. $`\mu ^+\mu ^{}H^\pm W^{},A^0Z`$) with sizeable cross sections whose anologies at $`e^+e^{}`$ would be very small.

As for $`e^+e^{}`$machines, LEP have obtained limits on the charged Higgs mass from $`e^+e^{}\gamma ^{},Z^{}H^+H^{}.`$It worths to point out that far from the $`Z`$mass shell electromagnetic interaction become dominant, thus the bound on $`m_{H^+}`$obtained from this process is nearly model independent, LEP excludes a region of $`2m_\tau m_{H^+}80.5GeV.`$The region $`m_{H^+}2m_\tau `$is excluded by the non observation of $`BH^+X_c.`$In this region they look for $`H^+\tau \vartheta _\tau `$when $`m_{H^+}>m_\tau .`$

Some other limits are gotten from some rare decays like $`bs\gamma ,bsg,K\pi \vartheta \overline{\vartheta }.`$In particular, for the model type II a lower bound of $`m_{H^+}500`$GeV at 95% CL is reported based on NLO analysis of the $`bs\gamma `$data . Further, as it was mentioned above constraints on the $`m_Hm_{H^+}`$plane are obtained based on $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$and on the $`m_{H^+}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ plane from $`R_b`$and $`A_b`$.

The top and charged Higgs phenomenologies are intimately related. Since the present upper bound of $`m_{H^+}500`$GeV for model II seems to show that $`m_{H^+}>m_t+m_b`$we shall examine this assumption first. In that case two important scenarios emerge. In the first, $`m_{H^+}<m_W+m_{h^0}`$so that $`H^+W^+h^0`$is forbidden, thus $`H^+t\overline{b}`$dominates fermion modes. But if $`H^+W^+h^0`$is allowed there is a competition. We get

$$\frac{BR\left(H^+W^+h^0\right)}{BR\left(H^+t\overline{b}\right)}=\frac{2\mathrm{cos}^2\left(\beta \alpha \right)p_W^2m_{H^+}^2}{3p_{\overline{b}}M}$$

$$M\left[\left(m_t^2\mathrm{cot}^2\beta +m_b^2\mathrm{tan}^2\beta \right)\left(m_{H^+}^2m_t^2m_b^2\right)4m_t^2m_b^2\right]$$

for $`H^0`$we replace $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right).`$So for large $`m_{H^+},H^+W^+h^0`$could be important or even dominant for $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$not too small, because of the availability of longitudinal $`W^{}`$s, if we assume saturation of $`h^0`$i.e. $`\mathrm{cos}^2\left(\beta \alpha \right)=1,`$we see that for large $`m_{H^+}`$the mechanism $`H^+W^+h^0`$would be dominant. However for masses accesible to the LEP II $`H^+W^+h^0`$is smaller than $`H^+t\overline{b}.`$Additionally, since the condition $`m_t<m_{H^+}+m_b`$, is obviously accomplished and taking into account that $`tW^+b`$is the dominant top decay, the off shell contribution of the charged Higgs is very small even for light Higgses; in that case it could be interesting to examine branchings of the type $`BR\left(tH^+b\tau ^+\vartheta _\tau b\right)`$. On the other hand, if $`m_{H^+}<m_t+m_b`$and $`m_{H^+}<m_W+m_{h^0}`$(as it is still possible in models I and III) only $`H^+\tau ^+\vartheta _\tau `$and $`H^+c\overline{s}`$are relevant. So we examine the ratio of their branchings, in model I this ratio is independent of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, while in model type II it yields

$$\frac{BR\left(H^+\tau ^+\vartheta _\tau \right)}{BR\left(H^+c\overline{s}\right)}=\frac{p_\tau }{3p_c}\frac{m_\tau ^2\mathrm{tan}^2\beta \mathrm{cos}^2\theta _c\left(m_{H^+}^2m_\tau ^2\right)}{K}$$

$$K\left(m_s^2\mathrm{tan}^2\beta +m_c^2\mathrm{cot}^2\beta \right)+\left(m_{H^+}^2m_c^2m_s^2\right)4m_c^2m_s^2\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cot}\beta $$

in model I it is $`30\%`$and independent of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$. We should remember that small values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$with small values of $`m_{H^+}`$are probably excluded by $`B_d^0\overline{B}_d^0`$mixing. Now, if $`tH^+b`$is allowed, it is very likely that $`H^+`$ mass is sufficiently large to produce $`H^+W^+h^0.`$Since $`H^+t\overline{b}`$is not allowed then $`H^+W^+h^0`$will be dominant because of the $`H^+W^{}h^0`$coupling ($`\left(g/2\right)\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$), as long as it is not very supressed. So a possible scenario for $`H^{}`$discovery could be $`t\overline{t}`$production followed by the conventional $`tW^+b`$and $`\overline{t}H^{}\overline{b}W^{}h^0\overline{b}.`$Since the $`h^0`$is most likely to decay to $`b\overline{b},`$we would have to distinguish between a $`W^+b\overline{b}b`$final state from a $`W^+b`$final state.

Furthermore, the loop induced $`H^+W^+Z`$ decay, though highly suppress in most of the parameter space, can be significantly enhanced owing to non-decoupling effects of Heavy Higgs bosons on the $`H^\pm W^{}Z`$ vertices. As we explained in Sec. (2.2.2), these vertices are forbidden at tree level in multi-Higgs doublet models and in particular in the 2HDM because of the isospin symmetry, but might arise at loop levels due to the breaking of the isospin symmetry through the loop particles. The quark loop contributions for the $`H^\pm W^{}Z`$ couplings have been studied in . The full one loop calculation in the 2HDM was carried out in , finding that the inclusion of non-decoupling heavy Higgs modes with large mass splitting between $`H^+`$ and $`A^0`$ could yield a substantial enhancement for the decay width $`H^+W^+Z`$ due to the strong breakdown of the custodial $`SU\left(2\right)_V`$ invariance  in the Higgs sector. Ref. , found that the branching ratio for this decay could reach values up to $`10^210^1`$ for $`m_{H^+}=300`$ GeV, giving a detectable mode at LHC or future $`e^+e^{}`$ colliders. On the other hand, Diaz-Cruz *et. al.*  studied the same decay with an effective Lagrangian approach, finding a branching ratio enhancement up to about $`10^1`$. Additionally, Ref.  also studies the rare decays $`H^+W^+\gamma `$, and$`H^+W^+h^0`$ with an effective Lagrangian approach, finding that they can have ratios of order $`10^5`$ and $`O\left(1\right)`$ respectively. Moreover, the relative behavior among the three decays $`H^+W^+(\gamma ,Z,h^0)`$ could give clues about the underlying Higgs structure .

Since detection of a charged Higgs would be an unambiguous signal of physics beyond the SM, many estimations of the potential of either hadron or electron positron colliders to discover such Higgs boson and its properties have been carried out. The production of charged Higgs at the Tevatron and the LHC proceeds via the partonic processes: $`gbtH^+`$and $`ggtbH^+`$. Other partonic processes could generate pair production of charged Higgs bosons: $`gg(q\overline{q})H^+H^{}`$ and $`gg(b\overline{b})H^\pm W^{}`$ , notwithstanding $`H^\pm W^{}`$production lead to a much smaller rate at Hadron colliders. At $`e^+e^{}`$colliders, the main source is $`e^+e^{}\gamma ^{},Z^{}H^+H^{}.`$If the collider energy is not enough for pair production the associated $`H^\pm W^{}`$production becomes dominant if kinematically accesible. This latter possibility has been studied in Ref. , where $`H^\pm W^{}`$production is analized in both hadron and $`e^+e^{}`$colliders in the framework of the MSSM and the general 2HDM. At hadron colliders $`H^\pm W^{}`$ final states arise via $`gg`$fusion and $`b\overline{b}`$annihilation, Ref.  found that hadronic cross section in the general 2HDM type II, can be much larger than in the MSSM (about a factor 500-1000!), thus, its discovery at hadron colliders could in addition provide a distinctive signature of the Higgs sector it belongs to. In contrast, for $`e^+e^{}`$colliders the MSSM signals are considerably higher than for the 2HDM type II (up to two orders of magnitude).

On the other hand, Kanemura *et. al.* , showed that there are only two channels that offers an opportunity for single $`H^\pm `$detection at $`e^+e^{}`$colliders for $`m_{H^\pm }\sqrt{s}/2,`$when $`\sqrt{s}=500`$GeV, (1) the one loop $`H^\pm W^{}`$production discussed above, and (2) the tree level scattering $`e^+e^{}\tau ^{}\overline{\nu }_\tau H^+,\tau ^+\nu _\tau H^{}`$. The latter is relevant in the large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$region while the former is relevant in the small $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$regime. Since the rate of process (1) is rather poor , Ref.  resort to the dominant decay channel $`H^+t\overline{b}`$. Such process has as the main background source, the SM process $`e^+e^{}t\overline{t}\tau ^{}\overline{\nu }_\tau t\overline{b}`$. It was found that for $`1`$and $`5`$ab$`^1`$of accumulated luminosity, neither evidence ($`3\sigma `$) nor discovery ($`5\sigma `$) of charged Higgs bosons is possible if $`m_{H^\pm }\sqrt{s}/2`$, whereas if $`m_{H^\pm }\sqrt{s}/2`$the signal should be easily observed.

Further, many of the technics to look for the SM Higgs boson, can be extrapolated to the exploration for neutral Higgs bosons of extended Higgs sectors, if a neutral CP even scalar were discovered a precision test of its couplings to fermions and vector bosons, as well as its self couplings, could give us information on the underlying Higgs structure. Linear colliders (LC) will explore the Higgs structure in case of discovery by precise measurements of the Higgs couplings to fermions and vector bosons. However, the structure of the Higgs potential can only be revealed by measuring the Higgs self couplings. The trilinear Higgs coupling $`\lambda _{h^0h^0h^0}`$can be directly measured from $`e^+e^{}Z^{}Zh^0h^0`$and $`e^+e^{}W^+W^{}\nu \overline{\nu }h^0h^0\nu \overline{\nu }`$, when the Higgs boson is light . Ref.  shows that at $`e^+e^{}`$colliders with the energy of $`500`$GeV (3TeV) and the integrated luminosity of $`1ab^1\left(5ab^1\right)`$$`\lambda _{h^0h^0h^0}`$can be measured by about 20% (7%) accuracy for $`m_h120`$GeV. It worths to remark that even in the decoupling limit in which the couplings of $`h^0`$to fermions and vector bosons are SM-like, the one loop corrections to the trilinear self coupling $`\lambda _{h^0h^0h^0}`$can undergo a significant deviation from the SM behavior in both the MSSM and the general 2HDM . In particular, they find that quantum corrections can be of the order of 100% in the general 2HDM due to the quartic mass terms of heavier Higgses. In the case of the MSSM they find that the deviation can exceed 5% in light stop scenarios.

The $`\tau \overline{\tau }`$decay mode  is a promising discovery channel for $`A^0`$and $`H^0`$at the CERN LHC for large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$. On the other hand, the potential of the muon pair channel for MSSM Higgs bosons was studied in . Ref.  focus on the potentiality to look for neutral Higgs bosons of the MSSM via $`ppb\overline{b}Hb\overline{b}\mu \overline{\mu }+X`$at the LHC. He estimated that such process could serve to discover $`A^0`$and $`H^0`$at the LHC with an integrated luminosity of 30 fb$`^1`$if $`m_{A^0}300`$GeV. At a higher luminosity of 300 fb-1, the discovery reach is not expanded much. In addition, the inclusive final state $`H\mu \overline{\mu }`$ could allow the discovery of $`A^0`$and $`H^0`$ at the LHC with an integrated luminosity of 30 fb$`^1`$if $`m_A450`$GeV. At a higher luminosity of 300 fb-1, the discovery region in $`m_{A^0}`$ increases significantly to $`m_A650`$GeV for $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =50`$.

In this section we have examined the most hopeful channels for possible direct and indirect detection of the 2HDM Higgs sector. However, the importance of this channels depend strongly on the specific scenario, in what follows we describe some interesting scenarios of the general 2HDM.

#### 3.2.1 The fermiophobic limit

If we take into account the relative Yukawa couplings given in Eqs. (2.73) we can see that in model I the heaviest (lightest) CP even Higgs becomes totally fermiophobic (i.e. all $`hf\overline{f}`$couplings vanish) if $`\alpha =0\left(\pi /2\right)`$. In contrast, model type II does not exhibit a totally fermiophobic limit for any Higgs boson, see Eqs. (2.76); for instance, if $`\alpha =\pi /2`$then $`h^0\left(H^0\right)`$become fermiophobic to fermions of up(down)-type, while couplings to the down(up)-type fermions are maximal, the opposite occurs when $`\alpha =0.`$On the other hand, in model III, there is still a possible fermiophobic scenario, nevertheless in order for a certain Higgs boson to be totally fermiophobic, a non natural fine tuning must be accomplished222There are other scenarios with fermiophobic Higgs bosons such as the Higgs triplet model of Refs. , and some models with extradimensions . Ref.  shows that the latter can exhibit a more natural fermiophobic limit with less fine tuning.; see details in section (2.2.3).

Consequently, only the model type I provides a natural totally fermiophobic framework. The fermiophobic limit for $`h^0`$ $`\left(\alpha =\pi /2\right)`$in the model I can be obtained in the potential $`V_A^{}`$in two ways: $`\lambda _+=0,`$or $`v_1=0;`$the latter assumption leads to a massless $`h^0.`$In potential $`V_B`$there is only one way: $`2v_1v_2\lambda _+=\frac{1}{2}\mu _3^2.`$We have assumed $`v_1<v_2`$but of course we can interchange the role of each VEV. Despite $`h^0`$becomes totally fermiophobic by setting $`\alpha =\pi /2;h^0`$can still decay into fermions by the channels $`h^0W^{}W\left(Z^{}Z\right)2\overline{f}f`$or by means of decays of the type $`h^0\overline{f}f`$through scalar and vector boson loops; the dominant fermionic decay in the fermiophobic limit is $`h^0b\overline{b}.`$

If we additionally assume $`\alpha \beta \delta =0`$then $`h^0`$becomes bosophobic and ghostphobic as well. Besides, in this scenario $`A^0,H^\pm `$are also fermiophobic. In that case, $`h^0`$needs another scalar particle to be able to decay. Moreover, in the 2HDM type I with these assumptions, $`H^0`$acquires the couplings of the SM Higgs. In contrast, the signature of $`h^0`$is model dependent.

Brücher and Santos  shows that in the fermiophobic limit the most important three level decays for $`h^0`$are

$$h^0WW,ZZ,ZA,WH,AA,H^+H^{}$$

and the most important one loop decays are

$$h^0\gamma \gamma ,Z\gamma ,b\overline{b}$$

and decays into fermions via virtual vector bosons. The dominance of any of them depend on the parameters of the model, especially on $`\delta \alpha \beta =\pi /2\beta `$see details in Ref. . The fact to emphasize is that the branching fractions depend strongly on the potential chosen and that $`h^0b\overline{b}`$is the fermionic dominant decay. In addition, the decay $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$is always important for light $`h^0`$(and sometimes for intermediate $`h^0`$)$`,`$but for $`h^0`$sufficiently heavy it is suppressed.

As for the pseudoscalar, below the $`Zh^0`$and the $`W^\pm H^{}`$thresholds $`A^0`$ decays mainly into fermions, but if $`\delta 0,A^0`$becomes stable or decay outside the detector; thus the only signature would be missing energy or momentum. Over the threshold of $`Zh^0`$or $`W^\pm H^{}`$the pseudoscalar Higgs boson decays inside the detector. Finally, the signature of $`A^0`$is the same for both $`V_A^{}`$and $`V_B.`$

Now for the charged Higgs boson, if $`m_{H^\pm }`$ is below $`m_{W^\pm }`$the decays are fermionic and independent of $`\delta ,`$but if $`\delta `$decreases the branching is unchanged while the total decay width decreases (so $`H^\pm `$becomes stable), if $`m_{H^\pm }m_{W^\pm }`$then $`H^\pm W^\pm \gamma `$becomes dominant for tiny $`\delta `$but for large values the signature is again fermionic, but as soon as $`H^\pm W^\pm A^0(h^0)`$is possible the sum of both becomes dominant, except in the case in which $`m_{H^\pm }m_t+m_b`$in whose case $`H^+t\overline{b}`$will be dominant. In the case of potential $`V_B`$below the $`W^\pm \gamma `$and above the $`W^\pm h^0`$or $`W^\pm A^0`$thresholds, the situation is the same as in the potential $`V_A.`$But in the regime of $`H^\pm W^\pm \gamma `$dominance, the situation depends strongly on the choice of parameters; for instance, when $`\delta 0`$the unitarity constraint for $`V_B`$given by Eq. (3.4) predicts a degeneracy between $`m_{A^0}`$and $`m_{h^0}`$; such degeneracy can suppress $`H^\pm W^\pm \gamma `$to a few percent respect to the fermionic decays even above the $`m_{H^\pm }m_{W^\pm }`$threshold unlike the case of $`V_A^{}.`$

Finally, $`H^0`$is not fermiophobic in this scenario so the one loop decays are not important, the dominant decay is obviously $`H^0b\overline{b}`$and $`H^0WW`$above the $`WW`$threshold like in SM, this situation is the same in both potentials. A difference in signature can only be detected by purely scalar decay modes.

From the experimental point of view, LEP and Tevatron have looked for fermiophobic Higgs bosons. The main channel at LEP has been $`e^+e^{}h^0Z`$, $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$ obtaining a lower bound of about $`100`$GeV , the channels $`e^+e^{}h^0A^0`$, $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$ and $`h^0WW^{}`$ have also been considered . As for Tevatron run I, the mechanism used is $`qq^{}V^{}h^0V`$, $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$ and a lower limit of about 80 GeV was obtained . Nevertheless, such limits were obtained assuming that the couplings of the type $`g_{h^0VV}`$ are of the same order as the ones in SM. Notwithstanding, in the limit of fermiophobia we can see that the relative couplings $`\chi _V^{h^0}`$ behave like

$$\chi _V^{h^0}\mathrm{cos}^2\beta =\frac{1}{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }$$

therefore, in scenarios with large values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ the couplings $`g_{h^0VV}`$ might be highly suppress and the bounds described above would not be valid. If it is the case, a light Higgs boson ($`h^0<<100`$ GeV) could have eluded the LEP and Tevatron constraints and may also escape detection at Tevatron run II . Owing to it, Akeroyd and M. A. Diaz , have proposed new production mechanisms at Tevatron run II, they are: (1) $`q\overline{q}\gamma ^{},Z^{}H^+H^{}`$; (2) $`qq^{}W^{}H^\pm h^0`$; (3) $`qq^{}W^{}H^\pm A^0`$; (4) $`q\overline{q}Z^{}A^0h^0.`$

The subsequent decays $`H^\pm h^0W^{}`$, $`A^0Z^{}h^0,h^0\gamma \gamma `$ would give rise to $`\gamma \gamma \gamma \gamma `$final states very easy to measure accurately. In the fermiophobic scenarios, these new channels are effective even when $`h^0VV`$ are very suppressed . These mechanisms are complementary to the traditional one $`qq^{}Vh^0`$ which could suffer a strong suppression in realistic models. Note that gluon gluon fussion is not relevant in this framework and that the four additional channels proposed are based on the couplings $`g_{HHV}`$.

#### 3.2.2 The decoupling limit

The discussion of the decoupling limit will be given based on the following parametrization of the most general CP invariant potential

$`V`$ $`=`$ $`m_{11}^2\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1+m_{22}^2\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2[m_{12}^2\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2+h.c.]+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _1\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)^2`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _2\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)^2+\lambda _3\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)+\lambda _4\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)`$
$`+\{{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)^2+[\lambda _6\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)+\lambda _7\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)]\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2+h.c\}.`$
In principle $`m_{12}^2,\lambda _5,\lambda _6`$and $`\lambda _7`$can be complex, but for simplicity all of them are chosen real. The exploration of the decoupling limit is inspired in the idea that the standard model could be an effective theory embedded in a more fundamental structure characterized by a scale $`\mathrm{\Lambda }`$which is supposed to be much larger than the ElectroWeak Symmetry Breaking (EWSB) scale, $`v=246GeV.`$In particular, many models end up in a low energy model with a non-minimal Higgs sector, as is the case of the MSSM whose low energy Higgs sector correspond to that of a 2HDM.

Based on this idea, there are two important scenarios to differenciate in the 2HDM, in the first one there is not a low energy theory containing only one light Higgs boson i.e. no decoupling limit exists. In the second case, the lightest CP even Higgs boson is much lighter than the other Higgs bosons whose masses are of the order of a new scale $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{2HDM}.`$In particular, if $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{2HDM}>>v`$and all dimensionless Higgs self-coupling parameters accomplish the condition $`\lambda _iO\left(1\right),`$then all couplings of the light Higgs are SM-like, the deviations lie on the order of $`O\left(v^2/\mathrm{\Lambda }_{2HDM}^2\right),`$this is called the decoupling limit. What we do in an effective theory is to integrate out the heavy modes; if we believe that the SM is an effective theory of a 2HDM then one of the doublets should be integrated out. Since only one Higgs boson must exist in the low energy theory then the mass of the light Higgs should be of the order of EWSB scale while the heavy scalars masses should be of the order of $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{2HDM}`$. And as the low energy theory only contain one doublet, then $`h^0`$should be indistinguishable from the SM Higgs. For some choices of the scalar potential, no decoupling limit exists. Haber and Gunion  has established that *no decoupling limit exists if and only if* $`\lambda _6=\lambda _7=0`$*in the basis where* $`m_{12}^2=0.`$Thus, the absence of a decoupling limit implies a discrete symmetry for the scalar potential (this symmetry could be hidden in other bases). The low energy effective theory reduces the potential to the potential of the SM with all the SM constraints.

When we assume that $`m_{h^0}<<m_{H^0},m_{A^0},m_{H^\pm }`$one can simply impose tree level unitarity constraints to the low energy effective scalar theory i.e. to the SM in this case. However, at one loop, the heavier scalars can contribute by virtual exchanges so the restrictions on the self couplings involves all Higgs bosons, to maintain unitarity and perturbativity the splitting of the squared masses among the heavier states should be of order $`O\left(v^2\right)`$so they should be rather degenerate .

In MSSM the decoupling limit is achieved by setting $`m_{A^0}>>m_Z.`$However, one loop effects mediated by loops of SUSY particles can generate a deviation from the SM expectations (e.g. light squarks contributions to $`h^0\gamma \gamma ,gg`$), so to avoid significant SUSY contributions we should assume heavy SUSY particles (say of order 1TeV). If the latter condition is fulfilled, $`h^0`$is SM-like even at one loop level. The leading one loop radiative correction to $`g_{h^0b\overline{b}}`$is of order $`O\left(m_Z^2\mathrm{tan}\beta /\left(m_{A^0}^2\right)\right)`$and formally decouples in the regime in which $`m_{A^0}^2>>m_Z^2\mathrm{tan}\beta `$which is more demanding in the case of large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$regime. This behavior is called delay decoupling in Ref. , this phenomenon can also occur in the general 2HDM, with tree level couplings.

In general, the amplitudes of all loop induced processes which involve $`h^0`$and SM particles as external states approaches the SM values whenever $`\lambda _iO\left(1\right)`$and $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{},`$this is guaranteed by the applequist-Carazone decoupling theorem.

After describing the framework of the decoupling limit, phenomenological consequences must be discussed. For instance, in the most general Yukawa Lagrangian (model type III) FCNC are generated through the mixing matrices $`\xi _{ij}^{U,D}`$and $`\eta _{ij}^{U,D}.`$These matrices are in general complex and non-diagonal; thus, they could be also a source for CP violating couplings between the neutral Higgs bosons and fermions. Notwithstanding, in the decoupling limit (which correspond to the condition $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)=0`$in the Yukawa Lagrangian), both non-diagonal and CP violating couplings of $`h^0`$vanish (but not for $`H^0,A^0`$) and the $`h^0`$couplings to fermions reduces to the SM ones. However, FCNC and CP violating processes mediated by $`H^0`$or $`A^0`$are supressed by their square masses (relative to$`v`$), due to the propagator supression, and since $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)O\left(v^2/m_A^2\right)`$the suppression factor is roughly the same for $`h^0,H^0,A^0.`$Therefore, the decoupling limit is a natural mechanism to suppress Higgs mediated FCNC and to suppress Higgs mediated CP violating couplings in the most general 2HDM. Additionally, all vertices containing at least one vector boson and exactly one of the heavy Higgs states are proportional to $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$and hence vanish in the decoupling limit.

Nevertheless, Ref.  shows that there are some alternative scenarios in which $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta a\right)=0`$, but all Higgs bosons masses are of $`O\left(v\right),`$although $`h^0`$is SM-like, there is not an effective theory with only one light Higgs. Radiative corrections introduce in this case significant deviation respect to the tree-level $`h^0`$behavior.

The scenario in which $`\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)=0`$, is usually called the non-decoupling regime, since $`h^0`$couplings deviate maximally from SM, while $`H^0`$ones are SM-like.

Now the following question arise, if only one CP even Higgs boson were discovered, how could we distinguish whether this scalar belongs to the minimal Higgs sector of the SM or to a non minimal Higgs sector?. Far from the decoupling limit, the deviation from the coupling of the Higgs boson to fermions and gauge bosons (respect to the ones in SM) could provide the answer. However, in the decoupling regime couplings of this Higgs boson are similar to the SM ones and the discrimination becomes problematic; in that case there are two alternatives: (1) Direct production of heavy states and (2) High precision measurements of the couplings of the light Higgs to look even for tiny deviations.

As for the first alternative, at the LHC $`ggA^0,H^0`$and $`gbH^{}t`$ signatures could be suppressed in the decoupling scenario. In addition, the branching $`H^0ZZ`$which is the gold plated in SM is almost absent in this regime. An interesting method could be from $`ggQ\overline{Q}^{}(H^0,A^0,H^\pm )`$where $`Q`$is a heavy quark ($`b`$or $`t`$) and the Higgs decays into a Heavy quark pair because these couplings are not suppressed in the decoupling limit. In $`e^+e^{}`$colliders with sufficiently high energy the heavy states can be produced via$`e^+e^{}H^+H^{}`$or $`e^+e^{}H^0A^0`$without a rate suppression, the mechanism $`e^+e^{}Zh^0A^0`$discussed in section (3.2) is supressed by $`\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)`$. These production mechanisms requires very high $`\sqrt{s}`$since they involve a pair of heavy states. Another possibility is to consider the production of one heavy state in association with light states (the light Higgs and the top quark are considered light states), however this option seems to be hopeless.

On the other hand, for the second alternative, one of the most promising channels seems to be $`Br(h^0\overline{b}b).`$Additionally, $`\gamma \gamma `$colliders could play an important role by either measuring the $`h^0\gamma \gamma `$coupling with sufficient precision or directly producing $`A^0`$and/or $`H^0`$in $`\gamma \gamma `$fusion, only the latter is viable in the decoupling regime. Finally, as it was pointed out by Kanemura *et. al.* , another promising coupling to distinghish the underlying Higgs structure could be the trilinear self coupling $`\lambda _{h^0h^0h^0}`$which has been estimated to be very sensitive to the introduction of new physics in both the 2HDM type II and the MSSM, see discussion in Sec. (3.2).

#### 3.2.3 Scenarios with a light Higgs boson

As we saw above, SM estimation of the muon anomalous magnetic moment differs from the experimental measurement by about $`3\sigma `$deviations. In the SM the Higgs contribution to $`a_\mu `$is negligible since it is proportional to the factor $`m_\mu ^2/m_h^2,`$and the present SM Higgs mass limit provided by LEP is$`m_h114.4`$GeV. If we believe that an extended Higgs sector provides the necessary enhancement to get a value of the $`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$compatible with experimental measurement, we should examine possible factors to generate such enhancement. In a general 2HDM with no FCNC, it might occur due to two factors. First, an increment on the $`h^0\mu ^+\mu ^{}`$coupling proportional to $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, and second owing to the possibility of a light Higgs boson arising from the suppression of the vertex $`h^0ZZ`$from which the LEP bound could be avoided. The total enhancement at one loop level would be of the order of

$$\frac{m_\mu ^2}{m_{h^0}^2}\mathrm{tan}^2\beta \mathrm{ln}\left(\frac{m_\mu ^2}{m_{h^0}^2}\right)$$
(3.8)
The couplings of $`h^0ZZ`$and $`h^0A^0Z`$for the 2HDM read

$$g_{h^0ZZ}=\frac{gm_Z\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)}{\mathrm{cos}\theta _W};g_{h^0AZ}=\frac{g\mathrm{cos}\left(\beta \alpha \right)}{2\mathrm{cos}\theta _W}$$

so we can evade the LEP constraint by assuming $`\mathrm{sin}\left(\beta \alpha \right)0,`$i.e. a non decoupling scenario, in that case, a light CP even scalar can be considered. Exploration of light scalar and pseudoscalar modes has been studied by a variety of authors . In general, one light Higgs boson is necessary in the 2HDM type I and II, in order to get a sufficient value of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$to be compatible with present experimental measurement. M. Krawczyk  explores the possibility of having a light scalar or pseudoscalar Higgs boson in the framework of the 2HDM (II), considering only the case in which the soft breaking term $`\mu _3^2`$vanishes. The LEP data allows the existence of a light neutral Higgs in the 2HDM, but not two of them could be light simultaneously , the constraints are given in a $`(m_{h^0},m_{A^0})`$plane and they indicate roughly that $`m_{h^0}+m_{A^0}90`$GeV. On the other hand, the Bjorken process gives an upper limit on the relative coupling $`\chi _V^{h^0}`$ , for instance, it is found that at 95% CL,$`\chi _V^{h^0}<<1`$ for $`m_{h^0}50`$ GeV$`.`$Moreover, the Yukawa couplings $`\chi _d^{h^0,A^0}`$are constrained by low energy data coming from $`\mathrm{{\rm Y}}h^0\left(A^0\right)\gamma `$ while LEP do it for masses $`4`$GeV$`.`$Additionally, the analysis of the decay $`Zh^0\left(A^0\right)\gamma `$at LEP  gives both the upper and lower limits for $`\left|\chi _d\right|.`$

Assuming that the light Higgs ($`h^0`$or $`A^0`$), is the only one contributing at one loop to the muon anomalous magnetic moment, the one loop diagram gives a positive (negative) contribution for $`h^0\left(A^0\right).`$However, calculation of the two loops diagram with a charged Higgs in one of the loops produce a contribution that is positive (negative) for $`A^0\left(h^0\right).`$Taking into account both contributions Ref.  found that the scalar Higgs gives a positive (negative) contribution for $`m_{h^0}`$below (above) 5 GeV, while the pseudoscalar gives a positive (negative) contribution for $`m_{h^0}`$above (below) 3 GeV.

Constraints from $`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$, current upper limits of LEP from the Yukawa processes , lower limits from $`Zh^0\left(A^0\right)\gamma `$, upper 90% CL limits from $`\mathrm{{\rm Y}}h^0\left(A^0\right)\gamma `$and upper limits from the Tevatron  are combined to obtain exclusion regions in $`m_{h^0}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$and $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$planes. The two loop analysis of  shows that light scalars are excluded at 95% CL, but pseudoscalar masses between $`25`$GeV and $`70`$GeV with $`25\mathrm{tan}\beta 115`$are still allowed.

An alternative study of very light pseudoscalar scenarios (of the order of $`0.2`$GeV) has been carried out in Ref. , they show that in the 2HDM type I and II this very light CP-odd scalar can be compatible with the $`\rho `$parameter, Br$`\left(bs\gamma \right),R_b,A_b,\left(g2\right)_\mu Br\left(\mathrm{{\rm Y}}A^0\gamma \right),`$and direct searches via the Yukawa process at LEP. For a mass of around $`m_{A^0}0.2GeV,`$they got that $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 1`$and that $`A^0`$behaves as a CP odd fermiophobic scalar, decaying predominantly into a $`\gamma \gamma `$pair. The second of Refs.  found that a very light CP odd Scalar can be either allowed or excluded depending on the statistic used for the Hadronic contributions for $`a_\mu `$. Therefore, a better stabilization of the Hadronic contributions for $`a_\mu ^{SM}`$is necessary to elucidate this point.

Recently, Ref.  showed that additional constraints on light pseudoscalars belonging to a 2HDM are obtained from $`K`$ and $`B`$ decays. They showed that masses between 100 MeV and 200 MeV might evade such stringent constraints owing to a possible cancellation in the decay amplitude. In that case, the coupling of $`A^0`$ to quarks is strong and may produce sufficient pseudoscalar states via photoproduction. This kind of test could be performed by the Jefferson laboratory and Ref.  shows the perspective for detection of this modes in this laboratory.

#### 3.2.4 The 2HDM with FCNC

##### FCNC, general framework

Flavor Changing Neutral Currents (FCNC) are processes highly suppressed by some underlying principle still unknown, despite they seem not to violate any fundamental law of nature. On the other hand, Standard Model (SM) observables are compatible with experimental constraints on FCNC so far, with the remarkable exception of neutrino oscillations . In the case of the lepton sector, the high supression of FCNC suggested by direct search is “explained” by the implementation of the Lepton Number Conservation (LFC), a new symmetry that protects the phenomenology from these dangerous processes. Notwithstanding, the observation of oscillation of neutrinos  coming from the sun and the atmosphere, seem to indicate the existence of such rare couplings. Neutrino oscillations can be explained by introducing mass terms for these particles, in whose case the mass eigenstates are different from the interaction eigenstates. It should be emphasized that the oscillation phenomenon implies that the lepton family number is violated, and such fact leads us in turn to consider the existence of physics beyond the standard model (SM), because in SM neutrinos are predicted to be massless and lepton flavor violating mechanisms are basically absent. These considerations motivate the study of scenarios with Lepton Flavor Violation (LFV).

The original motivation for the introduction of neutrino oscillations comes from the first experiment designed to measure the flux of solar neutrinos , such measurement was several times smaller than the value expected from the standard solar model, so Ref.  suggested the neutrino oscillation mechanism as a possible explanation of the neutrino deficit problem. In addition, models of neutrino oscillations in matter  arose to solve the neutrino deficit confirmed by SuperKamiokande . Since then, further evidence of solar neutrino oscillations has been found by SuperKamiokande and SNO . Besides, this phenomenon can be inferred from experiments with atmospheric neutrinos as well .

On the other hand, since neutrino oscillations imply LFV in the neutral lepton sector, it is generally expected to find out LFV processes involving the charged lepton sector as well. Experiments to look directly for LFV have been performed for many years, all with null results so far, those searches for these processes have only provided some upper limits, some examples are $`\mu e`$conversion in nuclei , $`\mu eee`$$`,\mu e\gamma `$$`,`$and $`\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu `$. In addition, the search for LFV can also be made by analyzing semileptonic decays, upper bounds from LFV meson decays have been estimated, some examples are$`K_L^0\mu ^+e^{}`$ , and $`K_L^0\left(K^+\right)\pi ^0\left(\pi ^+\right)\mu ^+e^{}`$ .

As for experimental perspectives, a muon muon collider could provide very interesting new constraints on FCNC, for example $`\mu \mu \mu \tau (e\tau )`$ mediated by Higgs exchange  which test the mixing between the second and third generations. Additionally, the muon collider could be a Higgs factory and it is well known that the Higgs sector is crucial for FCNC. Several authors have studied the potentiality of $`\mu \mu `$colliders as a Higgs factory and as a source of Higgs mediated FCNC .

Other interesting perspectives consist of improving the sensitivity of experiments that look for LFV processes. For example, in the case of $`\mu e\gamma `$, the present upper bound of its branching ratio comes from MEGA collaboration ($`1.2\times 10^{11}`$) . A new experiment is under construction at PSI whose aim is to improve present bound by about three orders of magnitude . On the other hand, the SINDRUM II experiment at PSI provides the current upper bound of $`\mu e`$conversion branching ratio ($`6.1\times 10^{13}`$) . The MECO experiment at BNL  is planned to analyse such conversion in aluminum nuclei with a sensitivity below $`10^{16}`$. In addition, the PRISM project  aims to improve upper limits for $`\mu e\gamma `$, and $`\mu e`$conversion in nuclei, by one or two orders of magnitude.

Another posible source to study LFV is by means of lepton flavor violating decays of a Higgs, in Higgs factories. In particular, the Fermilab Tevatron and the CERN Large Hadron Collider have the potentiality to study LFV Higgs boson decays such as $`h\tau \mu `$ .

From the theoretical point of view, the phenomenon of LFV has been widely studied in different scenarios such as Two Higgs Doublet Models, Supersymmetry, Grand Unification, effective theories, leptoquark models, technicolor, Superstrings and SM extensions with heavy neutrinos . For instance, LFV processes in SU(5) SUSY models with right-handed neutrinos have been examined based on recent results of neutrino oscillation experiments . On the other hand, Ref.  discuss how the supersymmetric SM with a see-saw mechanism could face the flavor problem; in particular, current constraints on the leptonic soft supersymmetry breaking terms and possible improvement on those constraints are studied in this reference. Moreover, Grimus *et. al.*  explores the generation of LFV by using a multi-Higgs doublet model with additional right-handed neutrinos for each lepton generation, finding a non-decoupling behavior of some LFV amplitudes respect to the right-handed neutrino masses.

Further, Babu and Pakvasa , studied the $`\mathrm{\Delta }L=2`$ process $`\mu ^+e^+\overline{\vartheta }_e\overline{\vartheta }_i`$ ($`i=e,\mu ,\tau `$), in an effective Lagrangian approach showing that it can explain the neutrino anomaly reported by the LSND experiment. Ref. , found two effective operators in SM that lead to such decays and no other processes. These operators arise from integrating out scalar fields with LFV interactions.

In addition, Cvetic *et. al.*, studied lepton flavor violation in tau decays induced by heavy Majorana neutrinos within two models (1) the SM with additional right-handed heavy Majorana neutrinos which is a typical see-saw model; and (2) the SM with left-handed and right-handed neutral singlets. The first of these models predicts very small branching ratios of the LFV tau decays considered, in most of the parameter space. Unlike the second of these models, which might show large enough branching ratios for such decays to be tested in near future experiments.

Now, since there are interesting perspectives to improve the experimental sensitivity for the LFV processes $`\mu e\gamma `$, and $`\mu e`$conversion in nuclei. It might also be interesting to check for theoretical predictions for them coming from different scenarios. Both processes might occur in many models with LFV. Nevertheless, the simple see-saw neutrino model does not induce experimentally observable rates for the $`\mu e\gamma `$decay . But in the case of SUSY models the rate for this decay can be significant owing to the production of LFV processes by means of one loop diagrams of sleptons. Particularly interesting are SUSY models with $`R`$parity broken because LFV interactions could arise even at tree level . The branching ratios of LFV processes has been calculated for a variety of models such as SUSY-GUTs and SUSY models with right-handed neutrinos . These references show that the branching ratios for $`\mu e\gamma `$, and $`\mu e`$ conversion could get values near to the observable threshold in forthcoming experiments.

The $`\mu e`$ conversion rate in nuclei, has been calculated by a variety of authors with a variety of approaches . In particular, Kitano *et. al.*  have evaluated the $`\mu e`$conversion by using the method of Czarnecki *et. al.* . These calculations were carried out for nuclei in a wide range of atomic numbers with an effective theory approach. In general they found that the conversion branching ratios grow along with the atomic number ($`Z`$) up to $`Z30`$, those branching ratios become the largest for $`Z3060`$, and decrease for heavy nuclei $`Z60`$. Though this tendency is general, the $`Z`$dependence on conversion rates is significantly different for several LFV couplings. Therefore, the atomic number dependence of the conversion branching ratio could be useful to discriminate among the theoretical models with LFV. Additionally, the conversion rate also depends on proton and neutron densities for each nucleus, Ref.  uses several models for proton and neutron density distributions (see appendix A on that reference), finding a reasonable agreement among them.

In general, many extensions of the SM permit FCNC at tree level. The introduction of new representations of fermions different from doublets produce them by means of the Z-coupling . In addition, they are generated at tree level in the Yukawa sector by adding a second doublet to the SM . Such couplings also appear in SUSY theories with R-parity broken , because FCNC coming from R-parity violation generates massive neutrinos and neutrino oscillations . In this work we shall concentrate on the FCNC arising from the general 2HDM. For other scenarios with FCNC, I refer the reader to the literature .

On the other hand, scenarios with FCNC in the lepton sector automatically generates FCNC in the quark sector as well, experimental bounds on FCNC in the quark sector come from $`\mathrm{\Delta }F=2`$ processes, rare B-decays, $`Z\overline{b}b`$ and the $`\rho `$-parameter . Reference  also explored the implications of FCNC at tree level for $`e^+e^{}(\mu ^+\mu ^{})t\overline{c}+\overline{t}c`$, $`tc\gamma (Z,g)`$, $`D^0\overline{D}^0`$ and $`B_s^0\overline{B}_s^0`$. Moreover, there are other important processes involving FCNC. For instance, the decay $`B^{}(D^{})K^{}\mu ^+\tau ^{}`$ which depends on $`\mu \tau `$mixing and vanishes in the SM. Another one is $`B^{}(D^{})K^{}\mu ^+e^{}`$ whose form factors have been calculated in , .

As explained above, FCNC in the lepton sector are basically absent in the SM. On the other hand, in the quark sector FCNC are very tiny because they are prohibited at the tree level and are further suppressed at one loop by the GIM mechanism . Consequently, SM provides a hopeless framework for this rare processes since predictions from it, are by far out of the scope of next generation colliders . So detection of these kind of events in near future experiments in either the lepton or quark sector, would imply the existence of new Physics.

Since FCNC are strongly constrained by experimental data, several mechanism to avoid potentially larger contribution to these exotic processes have been developed. For instance, Glashow and Weinberg  proposed a discrete symmetry in the Two Higgs Doublet Model (2HDM) which forbids the couplings that generate such rare decays, hence they do not appear at tree level. This discrete symmetry led to the so called 2HDM type I and II discussed in section (2.2.3). Another possibility is to consider heavy exchange of scalar or pseudoscalar Higgs fields  or by cancellation of large contributions with opposite sign. Another mechanism was proposed by Cheng and Sher arguing that a natural value for the FC couplings from different families should be of the order of the geometric average of their Yukawa couplings . On the other hand, the possibility of having a flavor conserving type III model at the tree level has been considered in Ref.  by demanding an $`S_3`$permutation symmetry on the fermion families, see details in Sec. (3.1). Finally, as dicussed in Sec. (3.1), the decoupling limit provides another natural scenario for suppression of both FCNC and CP violating couplings in the 2HDM type III.

##### FCNC in the 2HDM

Although FCNC in SM are very suppressed because of the GIM mechanism, FC transitions involving down-type quarks get enhanced because of the presence of a top quark in the loop. In contrast, transitions involving up-type quarks are usually very small. Therefore in SM processes like $`b(s,d)\gamma ,K\overline{K}^0,B\overline{B}^0`$; are more interesting than for example $`tc(\gamma ,Z),D\overline{D}^0.`$However, by introducing FCNC at tree level (as is the case of the 2HDM type III) transitions like $`tc(\gamma ,Z)`$could be enhanced too, giving a clear signal of new physics .

In $`e^+e^{}`$ colliders a very interesting FCNC reaction is $`e^+e^{}t\overline{c}.`$Its signature would be very clear and could compensate the lower statistics respect to hadron colliders. This process can proceeds by a Higgs in the $`s`$channel at the tree level, and at one loop via corrections to the $`Ztc,\gamma tc`$vertices. The former is negligible and only the latter have to be considered. Defining

$$R^{tc}\frac{\sigma \left(e^+e^{}t\overline{c}+\overline{t}c\right)}{\sigma \left(e^+e^{}\gamma ^{}\mu ^+\mu ^{}\right)}$$

and using the following parametrization for the mixing matrix elements

$$\xi _{ij}=\lambda _{ij}\frac{\sqrt{m_im_j}}{v}$$

Atwood *et. al.*  found that assuming $`\lambda _{tt}=\lambda _{ct}\lambda `$, values of $`R^{tc}/\lambda ^4`$up to $`10^5`$are reached at $`\sqrt{s}=400500GeV`$and that not much is gained for larger values of $`\sqrt{s}.`$

The decay $`tc\gamma `$is highly supress in SM since the GIM mechanism supresses it strongly owing to the smallness of the quarks running into the loop (down type quarks) and also because of the large tree level rate $`tbW`$. This process as well as the processes $`tc(Z,g)`$can be substantially enhanced in model type III respect to SM and also respect to type I and type II .

Due to the great agreement between $`SM`$and experimental determination of the mass difference in the $`K\overline{K}^0,`$and $`B_d\overline{B}_d^0`$systems, any tree level contribution from elementary flavor changing couplings needs to be strongly suppressed. This was the original motivation to impose the discrete symmetry given in Ref.  on the 2HDM. If we were to work on a model with FCNC a very usual assumption is that $`\xi _{ij}=\lambda _{ij}\frac{\sqrt{m_im_j}}{v}`$. If we assume that all $`\lambda _{ij}`$are equal in the quark sector then $`\mathrm{\Delta }F=2`$mixing imposes severe constraints to the common $`\lambda .`$If on the other hand, we assume that the mixings involving the first family are negligible then these processes do not place further constraints on the remaining $`FC`$couplings, allowing quite strong mixing between the second and third family . Finally, further constraints coming from $`R_b`$seems to indicate that $`\lambda _{bb}>>1,\lambda _{tt}<<1`$and $`\lambda _{sb}>>1,\lambda _{ct}<<1.`$i.e. only the down sector of the second and third family is strongly mixed. Disregarding constraints coming from $`R_b`$the latter assumptions are not neccesary and the assumption of negligible mixing with the first family is compatible with constraints given by processes like $`Br\left(BX_s\gamma \right)`$and the $`\rho `$parameter. In general, the mixing between the second and third generation of down-type quarks stays almost unconstrained, for example the contribution of new Physics for $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(bsc\overline{c}\right)`$is appreciably smaller than SM one for $`\lambda _{sb}<40,`$i.e. in a large range of values.

As for the lepton sector, FCNC (i.e. LFV processes) in extended Higgs sectors have been analized by several authors . Nie and Sher examined the contribution on $`a_\mu `$ from Higgs mediated FCNC coming from a very general model with extended Higgs sector. They found that those contributions can be significantly enhanced if the mass of the scalar is light enough , and obtained a bound on $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$ from $`a_\mu `$ by assuming that the heavier generations have larger flavor changing couplings . Kang and Lee , got constraints on some LFV couplings ($`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$, $`\xi _{e\tau }`$,$`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$,$`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$,$`\xi _{e\mu }`$,$`\xi _{ee}`$), in the framework of a general extended Higgs sector by means of the $`g2`$muon factor and several LFV decays. These limits are gotten by setting the lightest scalar mass as $`m_{h^0}=100`$GeV, $`1000`$GeV, and assuming that the other Higgs bosons are decoupled. On the other hand, Ref.  provides bounds on the mixing vertices ($`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$, $`\xi _{e\tau }`$,$`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$,$`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$) in the framework of the 2HDM type III, by a similar approach but sweeping a wide region of the free parameters of the model. For instance, since the contribution of the scalars and the pseudoscalar have opposite signs, those limits could change significantly if the pseudoscalar Higgs is not decoupled. Specifically, Ref.  shows that lower limits on $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2`$are obtained by using light values of the pseudoscalar Higgs boson, while upper limits are found by using scenarios with very heavy pseudoscalar, details in next chapter. Finally, Diaz *et. al.*  have found the constraint $`\left|\xi _{\mu e}/m_{H^+}\right|3.8\times 10^3GeV^1`$, based on the flavor changing charged current decay $`\mu \nu _ee\overline{\nu }_\mu `$. Despite the bound is not so strong, it should be pointed out that it is independent on the other parameters of the model, so improvements on the upper limit of $`\mu \nu _ee\overline{\nu }_\mu `$could provide very useful information on $`\xi _{\mu e}`$.

## Chapter 4 Flavor Changing Neutral Currents in the Lepton Sector of the 2HDM (III)

Having motivated the study of Higgs mediated FCNC in the previous chapter, we shall concentrate on the lepton sector of the 2HDM type III henceforth. Now, since neutrino oscillations seem to indicate the existence of Lepton Flavor Violation (LFV) in the neutral lepton sector; we shall consider the possibility of having LFV couplings in the form of either FCNC in the charged sector, or Flavor Changing Charged Currents (FCCC) between the charged and neutral sector.

For easy reference, I write the Yukawa Lagrangian type III Eq. (2.78) in the fundamental parametrization, for the lepton sector only

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\overline{E}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}M_E^{diag}\right]E\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha h^0\right)`$ (4.1)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{E}\xi ^EE\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha h^0\right)`$
$`+\overline{\vartheta }\xi ^EP_REH^++{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{E}\xi ^E\gamma _5EA^0+h.c.`$
In order to get information on LFV couplings in the 2HDM type III, we shall use the following observables: the anomalous magnetic moment of the muon$`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$and the LFV decays: $`\mu e\gamma ,\mu eee,\tau eee,\tau \mu \mu \mu ,\tau e\gamma ,\tau \mu \gamma ,\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu .`$

In general, the muon anomalous magnetic moment $`a_\mu `$, is one of the most important observables to constrain contributions coming from new Physics. Since, it is perhaps the most important source to obtain our bounds, we shall make a brief survey on the present status of its experimental and theoretical estimations.

### 4.1 Brief survey on $`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$

The first study of $`g`$factors of subatomic particles was realized by Stern in 1921 , the famous Stern Gerlach experiment was done in 1924  the conclusion was that the magnetic moment of the electron was one Bohr magneton i.e. that the gyromagnetic ratio $`g`$was 2. This gyromagnetic factor is the proportionality constant between the magnetic moment and the spin,

$$\stackrel{}{\mu }=g\left(\frac{e}{2m}\right)\stackrel{}{s}$$

the discovery that $`g_e2`$ and the calculation by Swinger  was one of the great success of quantum electrodynamics. Additionally the long lifetime of the muon allows a precision measurement of its anomalous magnetic moment at ppm level. The anomalous muon magnetic moment is given by

$$\mu _\mu =\left(1+a_\mu \right)\frac{e\mathrm{}}{2m_\mu }a_\mu \frac{g2}{2}$$

A series of experiments to evaluate $`a_\mu `$were carried out at CERN . Nowadays, an ongoing experiment at BNL has been running with much higher statistics and a very stable magnetic field in its storage ring . By combining CERN and BNL statistics the present world average result is

$$a_\mu ^{\text{exp}}\frac{\left(g2\right)_\mu ^{\text{exp}}}{2}=\mathrm{11\hspace{0.33em}659\hspace{0.33em}203}\left(8\right)\times 10^{10}$$

the ultimate goal of the E821 experiment at BNL is to reduce present uncertainty by a factor of two.

In the framework of the SM, theoretical predictions of $`a_\mu `$comes from QED, electroweak, and hadronic contributions

$$a_\mu =a_\mu ^{QED}+a_\mu ^{EW}+a_\mu ^{Had}$$

$`a_\mu ^{QED}`$ constitute the bulk of the SM contributions ($`\mathrm{11\hspace{0.33em}658\hspace{0.33em}470.57}\times 10^{10}`$) and its uncertainty is small $`\left(2.9\times 10^{11}\right)`$, the EW contribution is small ($`152.0\times 10^{11}`$) and it is known with a similar accuracy $`\left(4.0\times 10^{11}\right)`$, noteworthy, the EW contribution has the same order of magnitude as the current experimental uncertainty. Hadronic contributions are the second largest ones $`\left(7000\times 10^{11}\right)`$ and their uncertainty constitutes the bulk of the uncertainty contributions $`\left(70.7\times 10^{11}\right)`$.

As for the hadronic contributions, the most important ones in terms of both contributions to $`a_\mu `$and its uncertainties are the leading vacuum polarization terms, they have been estimated recently by a set of authors . The first of Refs.  has used the most recent data on hadron production from $`e^+e^{}`$collisions from BES, CMD-2, and SND . The HMNT group (see fourth of Refs. ) has made estimations based on both inclusive and exclusive analysis of $`e^+e^{}`$hadrons. Combining such exclusive and inclusive sets of data, they obtain a more optimum estimate, and evaluate QCD sum rules in order to solve a discrepancy between the inclusive and exclusive analysis. In addition, the second and third Refs.  presents an analysis based on $`e^+e^{}`$ data as well as $`\tau `$hadronic decays data. All of Refs.  found that analysis based on $`e^+e^{}`$hadrons, predicts a SM value which is roughly $`3\sigma `$below the present world average measurement, however, the second and third of Refs.  have showed that data based on hadronic $`\tau `$decays only differs with the experimental world average by about $`1.6\sigma `$. Stabilization of the predictions coming from $`e^+e^{}`$based data and $`\tau `$decays data is necessary in order to say something definitive. For our purposes we shall use the estimation given by Jegerlehner  whose analysis is based on $`e^+e^{}`$data by taking the most recent results from CMD-2 . Furthermore, other important contribution is the light by light scattering whose sign has been corrected recently .

On the other hand, it is important to emphasize that despite the measurement of the muon anomalous magnetic moment of the muon is about 180 times less accurate than the electron anomalous magnetic moment; the former is more sensitive to new physics by a factor of $`\left(m_\mu ^2/m_e^2\right),`$this factor more than compensates the difference in precision. Therefore, $`a_\mu `$is more important than $`a_e`$in looking for new physics.

In constraining the 2HDM type III we shall use the estimation for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$at 95% CL reported by

$$9.38\times 10^{10}\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu 51.28\times 10^{10}$$
(4.2)
which in turn are based on preliminary results by Jegerlehner .

### 4.2 The $`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$factor in the 2HDM type III

The first one loop electroweak corrections for $`a_\mu `$coming from new Physics ($`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$) were calculated in Refs. . For $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ the integral expression  is given by

$`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \underset{S}{}}I_S+{\displaystyle \underset{P}{}}I_P,`$
$`I_{S\left(P\right)}`$ $`=`$ $`C_{S\left(P\right)}^2{\displaystyle \frac{m_\mu ^2}{8\pi ^2}}{\displaystyle _0^1}{\displaystyle \frac{x^2\left(1x\pm m_\tau /m_\mu \right)}{m_\mu ^2x^2+\left(m_\tau ^2m_\mu ^2\right)x+M_{S\left(P\right)}^2\left(1x\right)}}𝑑x`$ (4.3)
where $`I_{S\left(P\right)}`$is an integral involving an Scalar (Pseudoscalar) Higgs boson with mass $`M_{S\left(P\right)}`$, and $`C_{S\left(P\right)}`$is the corresponding coefficient in the Yukawa Lagrangian Eq. (4.1). If we assume that $`m_\mu ^2<<m_\tau ^2`$and $`m_\mu ^2<<m_{h^0,H^0,A^0}^2`$in the calculation of (4.3), the one loop contribution from all neutral Higgs bosons reads

$`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{m_\mu m_\tau }{16\pi ^2}}\{\left[{\displaystyle \underset{S}{}}C_S^2(F\left(M_S\right){\displaystyle \frac{m_\mu }{3m_\tau }}G\left(M_S\right))\right]+`$ (4.4)
$`\left[{\displaystyle \underset{P}{}}C_P^2(F\left(M_P\right)+{\displaystyle \frac{m_\mu }{3m_\tau }}G\left(M_P\right))\right]\}`$
where

$`G\left(M\right)`$ $``$ $`\left[{\displaystyle \frac{2+3\widehat{M}^2+6\widehat{M}^2\mathrm{ln}\left(\widehat{M}^2\right)6\widehat{M}^4+\widehat{M}^6}{M^2\left(1\widehat{M}^2\right)^4}}\right]`$
$`F\left(M\right)`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\left[3+\widehat{M}^2\left(\widehat{M}^24\right)+2\mathrm{ln}\left(\widehat{M}^2\right)\right]\widehat{M}}{M^2\left(1\widehat{M}^2\right)^3}}`$
$`\widehat{M}`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{m_\tau }{m_H}}`$ (4.5)
We have neglected the contribution of the charged Higgs boson because of two reasons : on one hand this contribution involves the neutrino mass and on the other hand, the CERN $`e^+e^{}`$collider LEP bound on its mass is $`m_{H^+}80.5`$GeV.

### 4.3 Lepton Flavor Violating decays

As we explained below, some lepton flavor violating decays are useful to constrain the 2HDM type III. The relevant expressions of the lepton decays involved at leading order are given by :

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau l\gamma \right)`$ $`=`$ $`\xi _{l\tau }^2{\displaystyle \frac{G_F\alpha _{em}m_\tau ^5}{4\pi ^4\sqrt{2}}}R(m_{H^0},m_{h^0},m_{A^0},\alpha ,\xi _{\tau \tau }),`$
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu e\gamma \right)`$ $`=`$ $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2\xi _{e\tau }^2{\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _{em}m_\tau ^4m_\mu }{16\pi ^4}}S(m_{H^0},m_{h^0},m_{A^0},\alpha ,\xi _{\tau \tau }).`$ (4.6)
where $`le,\mu `$denotes a light charged lepton. In addition, we have defined

$`R(m_{H^0},m_{h^0},m_{A^0},\alpha ,\xi _{\tau \tau })`$ $`=`$ $`|(m_\tau \mathrm{sin}2\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt[4]{2}\xi _{\tau \tau }\mathrm{sin}^2\alpha }{\sqrt{G_F}}}){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{H^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{H^0}^2}}`$
$``$ $`\left(m_\tau \mathrm{sin}2\alpha {\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt[4]{2}\xi _{\tau \tau }\mathrm{cos}^2\alpha }{\sqrt{G_F}}}\right){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{h^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{h^0}^2}}`$
$``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2\sqrt[4]{2}\xi _{\tau \tau }}{\sqrt{G_F}}}{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{A^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{A^0}^2}}|^2,`$
$`S(m_{H^0},m_{h^0},m_{A^0},\alpha ,\xi _{\tau \tau })`$ $`=`$ $`|\mathrm{sin}^2\alpha {\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{H^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{H^0}^2}}+\mathrm{cos}^2\alpha {\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{h^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{h^0}^2}}`$ (4.7)
$`+`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{ln}\left[m_{A^0}/m_\tau \right]}{m_{A^0}^2}}|^2.`$
On the other hand, the expression for a lepton $`L`$going to three leptons of the same flavor $`l`$is given by

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(L\overline{l}ll\right)`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{m_L^5}{2048\pi ^3}}[\mathrm{sin}2\alpha \sqrt{{\displaystyle \frac{G_F}{\sqrt{2}}}}({\displaystyle \frac{1}{m_{H^0}^2}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{m_{h^0}^2}})m_l`$ (4.8)
$`+`$ $`\xi _{ll}({\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{sin}^2\alpha }{m_{H^0}^2}}+{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{cos}^2\alpha }{m_{h^0}^2}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{m_{A^0}^2}})]^2.`$
Finally, the decay width for$`\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu `$, reads

$$\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu \right)=\frac{m_\mu ^5}{\mathrm{24\hspace{0.17em}576}\pi ^3}\left(\frac{\xi _{\mu e}}{m_{H^+}}\right)^4$$
(4.9)
the latter is a process with Flavor Changing Charged Currents (FCCC) mediated by a charged Higgs boson as we see in figure (4.1).

In calculating $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$and the leptonic decays of the type $`Ll\gamma `$, we neglect the contribution of light leptons into the loop, so only the contribution with a tao into the loop is considered, see figure (4.1).

### 4.4 Obtaining the bounds for the flavor changing vertices

From the previous section, we see that the free parameters that we are involved with, are: the three neutral Higgs boson masses $`(m_{h^0},m_{H^0},m_{A^0})`$, the mixing angle $`\alpha `$, and some flavor changing vertices $`\xi _{ij}`$. Based on the present bounds from LEP2 we shall assume that $`m_{h^0}115`$GeV. In addition, we shall assume that $`m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$, both assumptions will be held throughout this section. Now, since we are going to consider plots in the $`\xi _{ij}m_{A^0}`$plane, we should manage to use appropiate values of $`(m_{H^0},\alpha )`$in order to sweep a wide region of parameters. To sweep a reasonable set of this pair of parameters we utilize for $`m_{H^0}`$values of the order of $`115`$GeV (light), $`300`$GeV (intermediate), and very large masses (heavy). As for the angle $`\alpha `$, we consider values of $`\alpha =0`$(minimal mixing), $`\alpha =\pi /4`$(intermediate mixing), and $`\alpha =\pi /2`$ (maximal mixing). It can be seen that all possible combinations of $`(m_{H^0},\alpha )`$ could be done by considering five cases 1) when $`m_{H^0}115`$GeV; 2) when $`m_{H^0}300`$GeV and $`\alpha =\pi /2;`$ 3) when $`m_{H^0}`$is very large and $`\alpha =\pi /2`$; 4) when $`m_{H^0}300`$GeV and $`\alpha =\pi /4`$; 5) when $`m_{H^0}`$is very large, and $`\alpha =\pi /4`$. In all these cases the mass of the pseudoscalar will be considered in the range $`115`$GeV$`m_{A^0}`$.

It is worthwhile to remark that these five cases cover all possible combinations of$`(m_{H^0},\alpha )`$, with the three different values for $`m_{H^0}`$ ($`115`$ GeV, $`300`$GeV, and very heavy) and the three different values for $`\alpha (0,\pi /4,\pi /2)`$, though at the first glance some cases seem to miss. For example, in the first case we have $`m_{H^0}m_{h^0}`$. In this scenario, all the processes that we calculate become independent on $`\alpha `$and therefore no distinction is neccesary among the three different values of it. The cases a) $`m_{H^0}=300`$GeV, with $`\alpha =0`$; and b) $`m_{H^0}`$very large, with $`\alpha =0`$; are also included in case 1, because when $`\alpha =0`$the processes in the previous section does not depend on $`m_{H^0}`$.

The first bounds come from $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$. We use the estimated value of it, given by  at 95% C.L. Eq. (4.2). Since $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$in Eq. (4.2) is positive, lower and upper bounds for the FC vertex $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$can be gotten at 95% C.L. The results are indicated in table (4.1) column 1. The lower bounds in each case are obtained when $`m_{A^0}115`$GeV, and using the minimum value of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ in Eq. (4.2), while the upper bounds are obtained when $`A^0`$is very heavy, and using the maximum value of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ in Eq. (4.2). From these results a quite general and conservative allowed interval can be extracted

$$7.62\times 10^4\xi _{\mu \tau }^24.44\times 10^2.$$
(4.10)
Furthermore, upper bounds for the product $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2\xi _{e\tau }^2`$ are obtained from the expression of the decay width $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu e\gamma \right)`$ in Eq. (4.6) and from the experimental upper limit $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu e\gamma \right)3.6\times 10^{30}`$ GeV . The most general upper bounds are obtained for $`A^0`$very heavy. The results are shown in table (4.1) column 2. From this table we infer that quite generally the bound is

$$\xi _{e\tau }^2\xi _{\mu \tau }^22.24\times 10^{16}$$
(4.11)
Moreover, combining these upper limits with the lower bounds on $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2`$ given in the first column of table (4.1), we find upper limits on $`\xi _{e\tau }^2.`$ The results appear on table (4.1) third column, and the general bound can be written as

$$\xi _{e\tau }^22.77\times 10^{14}.$$
(4.12)
Noteworthy, these constraints predict a strong hierarchy between the mixing elements $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$and $`\xi _{e\tau }`$i.e. $`\left|\xi _{e\tau }\right|<<\left|\xi _{\mu \tau }\right|`$ and they differ by at least five orders of magnitude.

On the other hand, from Eq. (4.6) we see that the decay widths $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau \mu \gamma \right)`$ and $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau \mu \mu \mu \right)`$ depend on two mixing vertices $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2,\xi _{\tau \tau }`$and $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2,\xi _{\mu \mu }`$ respectively. Then, we can get conservative constraints on the diagonal mixing vertices $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$, $`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$by using once again the lower bounds on $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2`$obtained from $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$. Since $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau \mu \gamma \right)`$, and $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau \mu \mu \mu \right)`$are rather complicate functions of $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$, and $`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$respectively, we present these constraints in the form of contourplots in the $`m_{A^0}\xi _{\tau \tau }`$plane and the $`m_{A^0}\xi _{\mu \mu }`$plane, figures 4.2 and 4.3, each one for the five cases.

We can check that for each contourplot there is a value of $`m_{A^0}`$for which $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$or$`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$stays unconstrained, and they are shown in tables 4.2, and 4.3 respectively. Additionally, the bounds for $`\xi _{\tau \tau },\xi _{\mu \mu }`$when $`m_{A^0}`$ is very large and when $`m_{A^0}115`$GeV are also included in tables 4.2, 4.3 respectively. We see that the general constraints for $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$ read

$`1.8\times 10^2`$ $``$ $`\xi _{\tau \tau }2.2\times 10^2\text{ , for }m_{A^0}\text{ very large}`$
$`1.0\times 10^2`$ $``$ $`\xi _{\tau \tau }1.0\times 10^2\text{ , for }m_{A^0}115\text{ GeV}`$ (4.13)
These constraints are valid for all cases, except for the third case with $`m_{A^0}`$very large, since in that scenario $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$remains unconstrained. Now, for $`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$the general bounds read

$`\left|\xi _{\mu \mu }\right|`$ $``$ $`0.12\text{, for }m_{A^0}\text{ very large}`$
$`\left|\xi _{\mu \mu }\right|`$ $``$ $`0.13\text{, for }m_{A^0}115\text{ GeV}`$ (4.14)
Once again these constraints are not valid for the third case when $`m_{A^0}`$is very large, but are valid in all the other cases.

We should remember that the diagonal mixing vertices generate differences among the relative couplings in model type III, and that this lack of universality could be a distinctive signature for it. This fact might leads us to scenarios in which a certain Higgs boson (say $`h^0`$) may be tau-phobic111With the tau-phobic limit for certain Higgs, we mean that the coupling of that Higgs to a pair of tau leptons vanishes. Nevertheless, the couplings of such Higgs to a tau and any other lepton could exist. but not muon-phobic or electron-phobic (see section 2.2.3).

We also ought to remember that in model type III, the pseudoscalar Higgs boson couples to fermions only by means of the matrix element $`\xi _{ff},`$while in models I and II it couples through the mass of the corresponding fermion. Therefore in model III, if $`\xi _{ff}=0`$for a certain specific fermion, then $`A^0`$becomes fermiophobic to it (and only to it).

At this step, it is important to remark that our bounds are compatible with all tau-phobic limits for each Higgs boson. It is easy to check that $`h^0`$becomes tau-phobic if $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0`$for $`\alpha =0`$, and if $`\xi _{\tau \tau }0.01`$for $`\alpha =\pi /4;`$for $`\alpha =\pi /2`$there is not tau-phobic limit. On the other hand, $`H^0`$becomes tau-phobic if $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0`$for $`\alpha =\pi /2`$, and if $`\xi _{\tau \tau }0.01`$for $`\alpha =\pi /4;`$and there is no tau-phobic limit for $`\alpha =0.`$The tau-phobic limit for the pseudoscalar is the simplest one, $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0.`$Finally, if $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0`$and $`\alpha =0\left(\pi /2\right)`$then $`A^0`$and $`h^0\left(H^0\right)`$become tau-phobic simultaneously.

On the other hand, bounds given above could in contrast produce a significant enhancement to the Yukawa couplings. As a matter of example, in the case 5 with $`\alpha =\pi /4`$using $`\xi _{\tau \tau }0.1`$222In the case 5 both values $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0.01`$and $`\xi _{\tau \tau }=0.1`$are allowed at least for $`m_{A^0}`$ around $`250`$GeV, as it is shown in Fig. (4.2). However, for a very light ($`m_{A^0}115`$GeV), or a very heavy pseudoscalar Higgs boson ($`m_{A^0}>>m_{h^0}`$), constraints on $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$are considerably stronger in all cases, see table 4.2. we see that the contribution coming from the term proportional to $`\xi _{\tau \tau },`$is about 10 times larger in magnitude than the contribution coming from the term proportional to the tau mass, for both the $`H^0`$and $`h^0`$couplings. So it is even possible for the couplings of the $`CP`$even Higgs bosons to be overwhelmed by the $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$contribution. Of course, since the bounds for $`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$are weaker than the constraints on $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$as we can see from Fig. 4.3 and table 4.3, we can also have highly supressed or highly enhanced Yukawa couplings to a pair of muon fermions.

Based on the bounds obtained above, we are able to estimate upper limits for some leptonic decays by using the expressions (4.6,4.7,4.8). We shall assume that $`\left|\xi _{\tau \tau }\right|0.1`$, and that$`\left|\xi _{ee}\right|0.1`$; from these assumptions we can infer the following upper bounds

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau e\gamma \right)`$ $``$ $`1.5\times 10^{27},`$
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau eee\right)`$ $``$ $`5\times 10^{29}.`$ (4.15)
If we compare with the current experimental upper bounds,

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau e\gamma \right)`$ $``$ $`6.12\times 10^{18}`$
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau eee\right)`$ $``$ $`6.57\times 10^{18}`$
We see that these decays are predicted to be very far from the reach of next generation experiments in the context of the 2HDM type III, unless that $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$, and/or $`\xi _{ee}`$acquire unexpectedly large values, this remarkably strong supression owes to the dependence of these decays on the mixing vertex $`\xi _{e\tau }`$. For the sake of comparison, Ref.  has obtained upper limits for these decays in the context of two models with heavy Majorana neutrinos: (I) the SM with additional right-handed heavy Majorana neutrinos i.e. a typical see-saw type model and (II) the standard model with right-handed and left-handed neutral singlets. The first of these models predicts very small decay widths for LFV processes in most of the parameter space, but the second one might show large enough decay widths. Namely, the upper limits in the context of the second of these models read

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau e\gamma \right)`$ $``$ $`2.27\times 10^{20}\text{ GeV}\text{,}`$
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\tau eee\right)`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{2.\hspace{0.17em}27}\times 10^{21}\text{GeV.}`$ (4.16)
which are not so far from the present experimental threshold and could be tested by near future experiments, unlike the case of the 2HDM (III). Such fact could be useful to discriminate between these models.

On the other hand, the decay $`\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu `$ provides information about the mixing between the first and second lepton family. The leptonic processes analyzed so far, involves FCNC mediated by neutral Higgs bosons. Instead, the process $`\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu `$, involves Flavor Changing Charged Currents mediated by a charged Higgs boson. Nevertheless, from Lagrangian (4.1) we see that the matrix elements $`\xi _{ij}^E`$that generates FCNC automatically generates FCCC which are strongly suppress in the leptonic sector. Consequently, by constraining flavor changing charged currents we are indirectly constraining flavor changing neutral currents as well. In the case of the 2HDM (III), interactions involving FCCC at tree level only contains the contribution from the charged Higgs boson, reducing the free parameters to manage. Thus, from the decay width $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu \nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu \right)`$we are able to extract a bound for the quotient $`\xi _{e\mu }/m_{H^+}`$independent on the other free parameters of the model. Taking the analytical expression for the decay width Eq. (4.9) and the current experimental upper bound for it

$$\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu \right)\mathrm{3.\hspace{0.17em}6}\times 10^{21}\text{ GeV},$$
(4.17)
the following constraint is gotten

$$\left|\frac{\xi _{e\mu }}{m_{H^+}}\right|3.8\times 10^3\text{ GeV}^1.$$
(4.18)
Despite this constraint is not so strong, it is interesting since it does not depend on the other free parameters of the model, because the calculation does not involve neutral Higgs bosons nor mixing angles. This is a good motivation to improve the experimental upper limit for processes involving FCCC in the leptonic sector.

### 4.5 Bounds on the Higgs boson masses

In the previous section, we obtained constraints for the mixing vertices based on some sets of values for the Higgs masses. Conversely, we can assume a set of values for the flavor changing vertices and try to get constraints on the Higgs boson masses. We shall do it in the framework of the new parametrization developed in Ref.  and in section (2.2.3) of this work. We should be very careful in interpreting such results because a different basis has been used for the Yukawa Lagrangian. For instance, we shall show allowed regions in the $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$plane by using fixed values for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau },m_{H^0},m_{h^0}`$. However, we ought to bear in mind that $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$depends explicitly on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$as we see in Eqs. (2.89), checking Eqs. (2.89) we see that the only way to keep $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$fixed with changing $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, is by varying the $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$parameter of the fundamental parametrization; applying the last of Eqs. (2.89) to the vertex$`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$we get

$$\xi _{\mu \tau }=\left(\sqrt{1+\mathrm{tan}^2\beta }\right)\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }$$
(4.19)
so by using a fixed value of $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$and varying $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$(say from $`0`$to $`N`$), what we are really doing from the point of view of the fundamental parametrization, is sweeping $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$from $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$to $`\sqrt{1+N^2}\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$. In addition, we should take into account that $`\alpha ^{}=\alpha +\beta `$; Therefore, if we want to keep $`\alpha ^{}`$ constant as well, $`\alpha `$ should be varied accordingly. Consequently, to vary $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ while keeping fixed $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$ and $`\alpha ^{}`$, it is necessary to vary the parameters $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$ and $`\alpha `$ in the fundamental parametrization333We can assume another point of view in which $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ and $`\alpha ^{}`$ are changed in such a way that only $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$ varies in the fundamental parametrization. But it implies to work with an additional variable in the non-trivial parametrization.. It should be pointed out then, that changing $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ would imply a correlation among the variation of $`\alpha `$ and $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$ which is not a necessary condition. A more appropiate picture would be fixing $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ (the basis) and use the other parameters as variables. Notwithstanding, we shall show some plots in the $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ plane, assuming that correlation.

The possibility of plotting in a $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{tan}\beta `$plane for the model type III, facilitates the comparison of the model type III with the models type I or II.

With this clarification we proceed to constrain the FC vertex involving the second and third charged leptonic sector by using the estimated value for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$. Additionally, we get lower bounds on the Pseudoscalar Higgs mass by taking into account the lower experimental value of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$ at $`95\%`$ CL reported in  and making reasonable assumptions on the FC vertex.

For easy reference, I include the Yukawa Lagrangian type III for the leptonic sector by using parametrizations of type I and II explained in section (2.2.3).

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(E\right)}^{\left(I\right)}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}E\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}H^0+\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (4.20)
$`+`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}\gamma _5EG^0+{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{cot}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}\gamma _5EA^0`$
$``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{E}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^EE\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{E}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^E\gamma _5EA^0+h.c.`$
where the superindex $`(I)`$refers to the parametrization type I. It is easy to check that Lagrangian (4.20) is just the one in the 2HDM type I, plus some FC interactions. Therefore, we obtain the Lagrangian of the 2HDM type I from Eq. (4.20) by setting $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^E=0.`$In this case, it is clear that when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 0`$ then $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^E`$ should go to zero, in order to have a finite contribution for FCNC at the tree level.

In the parametrization of type II, the Yukawa Lagrangian reads

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y(E)}^{(II)}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}E\left(\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}H^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}h^0\right)`$ (4.21)
$`+`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{ig}{2M_W}}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}\gamma _5EG^0{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{E}M_E^{diag}\gamma _5EA^0`$
$`+`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{E}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^EE\left[\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0+\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0\right]`$
$`+`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{E}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^E\gamma _5EA^0+h.c.`$
The Lagrangian (4.21) coincides with the one of the 2HDM type II , plus some FC interactions. So, the Lagrangian of the 2HDM type II is obtained setting $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^E=0.`$In this case it is clear that when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{}`$, then $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^E`$ should go to zero, in order to have a finite contribution for FCNC at the tree level.

We now use the expression for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$from either Eq. (4.3) or Eq. (4.4) to get bounds on the Higgs boson masses. Additionally, we can notice that in Eq. (4.5) for Higgs bosons heavier than 100 GeV we find

$$\frac{m_\mu }{3m_\tau }G\left(m_{H_i}\right)<<F\left(m_{H_i}\right)$$

and the contribution of the factor involving $`G\left(m_{H_i}\right)`$ is negligible . However, we put it for completeness.

In Ref.  the estimated value for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$has been taken from . In this section we are going to use the basic procedure developed in Ref. , but using a more updated value for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$i.e. the one reported in Ref. , instead of the one reported in . We get some lower and upper bounds on the mixing vertex $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }`$for the parametrizations of type I (II). In Fig. (4.4), we display lower and upper bounds for the FC vertices as a function of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ for both types of parametrizations with $`m_{h^0}=m_{H^0}=150`$ GeV and $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{}`$. In the first case, with parametrization type I, the allowed region for $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{\mu \tau }`$ is $`0.045\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{\mu \tau }0.12`$ for large values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$. Meanwhile, for parametrization type II, the allowed region for small $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ is the same. From the first of Figs. (4.4) we can see that when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 0`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{\mu \tau }`$goes to zero as expected. Similarly, the second of these figures, shows that when $`\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$goes to zero as expected too.

In addition, the Figs. (4.4) show us that the FC vertices are basis dependent. We can realize that by varying $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, what we are doing is changing the basis. Figs. (4.4) show that for different values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ (i.e. different bases) we get different values for the lower and upper limits on $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{\mu \tau }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }\right)`$.

In figure (4.5), we show lower and upper bounds for the FC vertex as a function of $`m_{H^0}`$ for parametrization of type II when $`m_{h^0}=m_{H^0}`$ and $`m_{A^0}\mathrm{}`$. We see that the larger value for $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ the smaller value of $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$ . We only consider the case of parametrization type II because there is a complementary behaviour between both parametrizations as could be seen in figure (4.4). In particular, for $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =1,`$ the behaviour of the bounds for both parametrizations is the same. Since in this case we are fixing $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, we are fixing the basis and the interpretation is clear. It should be emphasized that according to Eq. (4.19) for different values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta ,`$the same value of $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$correspond to different values of $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$in the fundamental parametrization. Thus, we see again that the values of the FC vertices are basis dependent.

Observe that according to its current estimated value, $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$ is positive definite, and it is a new feature from most updated results . On the other hand, the Feynman rules from (4.20) and (4.21), show that the Scalar (Pseudoscalar) contribution to $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$Eqs. (4.3, 4.4) is positive (negative). Such fact permits us to impose lower bounds on the pseudoscalar Higgs mass, by using the lower limit for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$. However, it is very important to clarify that for very light Pseudoscalars (i.e. $`m_{A^0}<<100`$ GeV), the contributions up to two loops become important . Further, the diagrams at two loops for the scalars and the pseudoscalar could have opposite signs respect to the contribution at one loop. Consequently, the lower bounds shown here are not valid in the very light pseudoscalar regime, and they are only valid if we assume that $`m_{A^0}100`$ GeV.

Now, to take into account the experimental value, we should make a supposition about the value of the FC vertex. A reasonable assumption consists of taking the geometric average of the Yukawa couplings  i.e. $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }2.5\times 10^3`$. Additionally, we shall use also the values $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }2.5\times 10^2`$ and$`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }2.5\times 10^4`$which are one order of magnitude larger and smaller than the former. Notwithstanding, we should remember that these values are basis dependent. Therefore, in this work we shall take the values yielded above for the FC vertex among the second and third family by using different bases, i.e. different values of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$. Using these suppositions and the experimental value for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ^{NP}`$ reported in Ref.  we get lower bounds for $`m_{A^0}`$ and they are plotted in figures (4.6-4.8).

Figure 4.6 displays $`m_{A^0}`$vs$`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$utilizing the parametrization type II and using $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^2`$, and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$. Additionally it is assumed that $`m_{h^0}=m_{H^0}`$with $`m_{h^0}=115,\mathrm{\hspace{0.33em}300}`$ GeV444By using $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^4`$ we still have an allowed region but it appears only for $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 155`$ and for $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 360`$ when $`m_{h^0}=115`$ GeV and when $`m_{h^0}=300`$ GeV respectively. The behavior of those curves is similar to the others and is not shown in Fig. 4.6.. According to the interpretation explained above, since we are using $`0\mathrm{tan}\beta 100`$, it is equivalent to use a range of $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$from$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$to$`\mathrm{\hspace{0.33em}100}\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$in the fundamental parametrization. It could be seen that in the limit of large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta ,`$the lower limit reduces to$`m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$. The same behavior can be seen in parametrization type I but the bound $`m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$ is gotten in the limit of small $`\mathrm{tan}\beta .`$ We also see that the smaller value of $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }`$the stronger lower limit for $`m_{A^0}`$.

As a proof of consistency, we can see that for instance in the case $`m_{h^0}=m_{H^0}=115`$ GeV with $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$ the allowed region starts at about $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 13`$. If we calculate the value of $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$ in the fundamental parametrization corresponding to $`\mathrm{tan}\beta 13`$ we obtain from Eq. (4.19) that $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^21\times 10^3`$, in rough agreement with the minimum allowed value for $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2`$ reported in table (4.1) for the case 1555The difference owes to the fact that here we have used the approximate expression for $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$ given in Eq. (4.4), instead of the Eq. (4.3) which was the one used to obtain the table (4.1). Additional differences could be traced to the errors involved in the calculation of the contourplots. A more careful numerical analysis could improve the agreement, but it is beyond the purpose of the present work..

Figure 4.7 shows $`m_{A^0}`$vs$`m_{H^0}`$with $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^2`$and $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =2`$, using $`m_{h^0}=m_{H^0}`$and$`m_{h^0}=115`$ GeV. With these settings, the values $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^4`$ are excluded.

Once again, we can see the consistency with the analysis in Sec. (4.4) noting that for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^4`$ with $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =2`$, we get $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2=\mathrm{3.\hspace{0.17em}125}\times 10^5`$and $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2=\mathrm{3.\hspace{0.17em}125}\times 10^7`$ respectively. Looking at the case 1 in table (4.1) we see that these values are not allowed, and hence they are excluded in Fig. 4.7. By contrast, the value $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^2`$with $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =2`$, leads to$`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2=`$ $`\mathrm{3.\hspace{0.17em}1}\times 10^3`$ which is clearly allowed according to the table (4.1) in the case 1.

In figure 4.8 we suppose that $`m_{h^0}=115`$ GeV,$`m_{H^0}=300`$ GeV. The figure above shows the sensitivity of lower bounds on $`m_{A^0}`$with the mixing angle $`\alpha ^{},`$for parametrization type II, taking $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =20`$. The value $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^4`$is excluded again. The constraints are very sensitive to the $`\alpha ^{}`$mixing angle for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$but less sensitive for $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^2`$. The figure below shows $`m_{A^0}`$vs $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$for $`m_{h^0}=115`$ GeV, $`m_{H^0}=300`$ GeV, $`\alpha ^{}=\pi /6,`$ for parametrization type II and considering the $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^2`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^3`$. The value $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{\mu \tau }=2.5\times 10^4`$ is excluded. The $`m_{A^0}`$ lower asymptotic limit for large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$is approximately $`m_{h^0}`$.

## Chapter 5 Addendum: Top-squark searches at the Fermilab Tevatron in models of low-energy supersymmetry breaking

### 5.1 General framework

This chapter describes the work developed at the Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, along with M. Carena, D. Choudhoury, H. E. Logan, and C.E.M. Wagner . It is about the perspectives for detection of the lightest top squark at the Tevatron collider in the case in which such stop comes from a supersymmetric model with low energy supersymmetry breaking pattern. Since it is an addendum, I will provide only a very brief survey on the framework of supersymmetric models and supersymmetry breaking schemes. For more details I refer the reader to the literature

One of the greatest problems of the SM is the so called “naturalness problem”. The radiative corrections of the Higgs mass squared depend quadratically on the cut off scale energy used. If one hopes to have a Higgs mass of the order of the EWSB scale, it is required a very precise fine tuning (of about one part in 1016), in order to get the cancellation necessary at the Planck scale, the apparent necessity of such extremely accurate cancellation is known as the naturalness problem. On the other hand, it is well known that such radiative corrections with fermions and bosons into the loops have opposite signs. Consequently, if we had a fermion of the same mass for each boson and vice versa, the necessary cancellation would occur. Supersymmetry provides a framework in which each SM particle posseses a superpartner i.e. a particle with the same mass and quantum numbers under the gauge symmetry but with different spin. Therefore, imposition of SUSY provides an elegant solution to the naturalness problem.

Supersymmetry consists of an extension to the Poincaré group by the introduction of new generators. The algebra of the group is determined by a set of conmuting and anticonmuting relations among the poincaré generators and the new generators. The new supersymmetric generators permits to relate fermion fields with boson fields providing a unified description of them. In order to keep the supersymmetry, the spectrum of the SM should be doubled arising the so called superpartners.

Nevertheless, since the superpartners have not been detected yet, they cannot have the same mass as their corresponding SM partners. Consequently, supersymmetry must be broken in such a way that the superpartners should be heavier than their partners. However, such breaking have to preserve the cancellation of quadratic divergencies that was one of the original motivations, this fact imposes constraints on the splittings among the partner and superpartner masses, in general such splitting cannot be larger than a few TeV. As a consequence, some of the lightest superpartners could have masses within the reach of accelerators like the Tevatron or the LHC. As we shall see later, the lightest stop (i.e. one of the the superpartners of the top quark), is a good candidate to be one of the lightest supersymmetric particles. Before discussing that point, let us describe briefly the particle content of the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model (MSSM), and some breaking schemes of supersymmetric models.

#### 5.1.1 The MSSM

In the MSSM, the particle spectrum of the SM is doubled. On the other hand, in order to get cancellation of anomalies and preserve SUSY, two Higgs doublets must be introduced. The Higgs spectrum is similar to the one of the general 2HDM i.e. two CP-even scalars ($`H^0,h^0`$), one CP-odd scalar ($`A^0`$), and two charged Higgs bosons ($`H^\pm `$). The Higgs bosons and the SM particles have superpartners with the same quantum numbers under the gauge symmetry but with different spin. The superpartners of the gauge bosons (gauginos) are spin 1/2 particles denoted as photinos ($`\stackrel{~}{\gamma }`$), Winos ($`\stackrel{~}{W}`$), Zinos ($`\stackrel{~}{Z}`$) and gluinos ($`\stackrel{~}{g}`$). The fermionic superpartners of the Higgs bosons (Higgsinos) are $`\stackrel{~}{H}_1,\stackrel{~}{H}_2,\stackrel{~}{H}^\pm `$. Owing to the EWSB, the Higgsinos and the gauginos of the electroweak symmetry can be mixed to give the mass eigenstates, arising two charged Dirac fermions called charginos $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }^\pm `$, and four neutral majorana fermions (the neutralinos $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_{14}^0`$). By contrast, the gaugino of the color symmetry (gluino $`\stackrel{~}{g}`$) does not mix with Higgsinos nor electroweak gauginos, because it belongs to an unbroken symmetry. Finally, the spin-$`0`$partners of the fermion fields (the sfermions) are the squarks $`\stackrel{~}{q}`$, charged sleptons $`\stackrel{~}{l}`$and sneutrinos $`\stackrel{~}{\nu }`$. There are two superpartners associated to each quark or charged slepton, one for each chirality, the left-handed sfermions transform as $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$doublets while right-handed ones are $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$singlets, there are only left-handed sneutrinos because of the lack of right-handed partners in the SM. The gluino is a $`SU\left(3\right)_C`$octet while the squarks are $`SU\left(3\right)_C`$triplets.

As well as the interactions of SUSY particles with SM particles, the Lagrangian of Supersymmetry should contain some soft SUSY breaking terms. The term “soft” means that these terms breaks SUSY and generates splittings among the SUSY particles and their partners but maintaining the gauge symmetry and the cancellation of the quadratic divergencies mentioned above. The soft SUSY breaking parameters are mass terms for gauginos and sfermions as well as trilinear scalar couplings. The number of those kind of terms depend on the specific SUSY breaking scheme.

The chargino and neutralino masses and mixing angles are determined by the gauge boson masses $`M_W`$, $`M_Z`$, the parameter $`\mathrm{tan}\beta ,`$the SUSY Higgsino mass parameter $`\mu `$and the two soft breaking parameters associated to the $`SU\left(2\right)_L`$gaugino mass ($`M_1`$) and the $`U\left(1\right)`$gaugino mass ($`M_2`$), evaluated at the EW scale. The neutralino mass matrix in the $`\stackrel{~}{B}\stackrel{~}{W}^3\stackrel{~}{H}_1\stackrel{~}{H}_2`$basis is written as:

$`𝐌_N`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}𝐌_i& 𝐙\\ 𝐙^T& 𝐌_\mu \end{array}\right);𝐌_i=\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_1& 0\\ 0& M_2\end{array}\right);𝐌_\mu =\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& \mu \\ \mu & 0\end{array}\right)`$ (5.7)
$`𝐙`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_Z\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\theta _W& M_Z\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{sin}\theta _W\\ M_Z\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{cos}\theta _W& M_Z\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{cos}\theta _W\end{array}\right)`$ (5.10)
The values of the parameters $`M_1,M_2,\mu ,\mathrm{tan}\beta `$determines the Higgsino and gaugino content of the neutralinos. There are some interesting limits in which the Higgsino and gaugino components become simpler. As a manner of example, if $`\left|\mu \right|>>M_Z`$and $`M_1,M_2M_Z`$, with $`M_1<M_2`$, the lightest neutralinos are gaugino-like and the heaviest are Higgsino like, the eigenvalues of the matrix $`𝐌_N`$in Eq. (5.10) yield the following spectrum

$$M_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}M_1;M_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0}M_2;M_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_3^0}M_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_4^0}\left|\mu \right|$$

In particular, we shall work under the assumption that the lightest neutralino is a pure bino $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\stackrel{~}{B}`$, details later on. The Higgsino and gaugino composition affects strongly the couplings of the neutralinos to gauge bosons and sfermions leading to subtantial differences in production and decay rates.

Similarly, the mass matrix for the two charginos can be written in the $`\stackrel{~}{W}^+\stackrel{~}{H}^+`$ basis, and the production and decay rates depend on their gaugino and Higgsino composition as well.

As for the squarks and sleptons, their mass eigenstates are in general combinations of left-handed and right-handed components. The soft SUSY breaking sfermion mass parameters are strongly constrained by the suppression of FCNC, requiring that (1) the soft SUSY breaking sfermion mass matrix be diagonal and degenerate or (2) the masses of the first and second generation sfermions be very large.

The mixing among left and right-handed sfermions depends on the mass of the corresponding SM fermion. So those mixings are negligible for squarks and sleptons of the first and second generations but could be significant for the fermions of the third generation. In particular, the mass matrix for the stops in the $`\stackrel{~}{t}_L,\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$basis reads

$$M_{\stackrel{~}{t}}^2=\left(\begin{array}{cc}m_{Q_3}^2+m_t^2+D_{\stackrel{~}{t}_L}& m_t\left(A_t\frac{\mu }{\mathrm{tan}\beta }\right)\\ m_t\left(A_t\frac{\mu }{\mathrm{tan}\beta }\right)& m_{U_3}^2+m_t^2+D_{\stackrel{~}{t}_R}\end{array}\right)$$

where $`m_{Q_3}^2,A_t`$are SUSY breaking parameters and

$`D_{\stackrel{~}{f}_L}`$ $`=`$ $`M_Z^2\mathrm{cos}\left(2\beta \right)\left(T_{3f}Q_f\mathrm{sin}^2\theta _W\right)`$
$`D_{\stackrel{~}{f}_R}`$ $`=`$ $`M_Z^2\mathrm{cos}\left(2\beta \right)Q_f\mathrm{sin}^2\theta _W`$
Unless there is a cancellation of the factor $`\left(A_t\frac{\mu }{\mathrm{tan}\beta }\right)`$, the mixing will be significant because of the large top mass. This large mixing in turn produces a large splitting between the lightest ($`\stackrel{~}{t}_1`$) and the heaviest ($`\stackrel{~}{t}_2`$) top squarks. This fact makes the lightest stop a good candidate to be one of the lightest superparticles. In this work we shall assume that the stop is the next-to-next-to lightest sparticle, details below.

Another important issue on supersymmetric models is the $`R`$parity, such discrete symmetry is defined as $`R=\left(1\right)^{2S+3B+L}`$, where $`S`$is the particle spin, $`B`$the baryon number, and $`L`$the lepton number. It can be checked that this quantum number is $`R=1`$ for the SM particles and $`R=1`$ for the sparticles, if this symmetry were conserved, a SUSY particle could not decay into just SM particles. Specifically, under $`R`$parity conservation each vertex should contain an even number of sparticles. An inmediate consequence is that the lightest supersymmetric particle (LSP) must be absolutely stable in the case of $`R`$parity conservation. Thus, from the point of view of collider physics the track of such LSP would be missing energy and momentum. The violation of $`R`$parity conduces to the violation of lepton and/or baryon number. We shall restrict to the case of $`R`$parity conservation.

#### 5.1.2 SUSY breaking schemes

As we have explained above, supersymmetry must be broken and there is a variety of breaking mechanisms. We shall discuss briefly two schemes: supergravity and gauge mediated susy breaking models.

In supergravity (SUGRA) it is assumed the existence of additional superfields (the hidden sector) that couples to the MSSM particles by means of gravitational interactions. After the SUSY breaking, some components of the hidden sector acquire VEV, the soft SUSY breaking terms arise from the interaction among the MSSM superfields with the components of the hidden sector that acquire a VEV, from which it follows that the strength of these SUSY breaking terms is proportional to those VEV divided by the Planck scale. Despite the number of SUSY breaking terms is enormous in those kind of models, in minimal SUGRA they are reduced considerably because the MSSM sparticles couples universally to the hidden sector. This universality is extended to the MSSM mass pattern at a scale of the order of $`M_{\text{Planck}}\left(10^{19}\text{GeV}\right)`$ or at a scale of the order of GUT $`\left(10^{16}\text{GeV}\right)`$; at such a high scale the scalars (Higgs bosons and sfermions) are assumed to have a common mass $`m_0`$, all gauginos (Bino, Wino, and gluino) have a common mass $`m_{1/2}`$, and all trilinear couplings have a common strength as well ($`A_0`$). All these values at GUT or Planck scale can be run by Renormalization Group Equations (RGE) to obtain their values at EW scale. Evolution of the mass pattern by RGE shows that the lightest two neutralinos and the lightest chargino tend to be gaugino like. In addition, squarks are in general heavier than sleptons. Finally, the lightest neutralino seems to be a good candidate to be the LSP, except in the cases in which $`m_0`$or $`m_{1/2}`$are very small, in those cases the best candidates become the sneutrino and the gluino respectively.

As for the scale of supersymmetry breaking, in SUGRA models it is expected to be very high ($`10^{11}`$GeV if we expect the SUSY masses to lie at the TeV scale) as we shall discuss in next section. Thus, SUGRA are in general models with high energy supersymmetry breaking scale.

Another interesting scheme is the gauge mediated SUSY breaking, in which the SUSY breaking terms are generated from gauge interactions. In these models the masses of sfermions with the same quantum numbers under the gauge group i.e. with the same gauge couplings are predicted to be degenerate, in this way FCNC are naturally suppressed. As we shall see in next section, in Gauge Mediated Spontaneously Breaking (GMSB) models the scale of SUSY breaking is much smaller than the Planck or GUT scale avoiding corrections at those scales to the degeneracy. The existence of heavy messenger superfields is assumed. The breaking of SUSY occurs in a hidden sector which also couples to the messenger superfields, thus the fermion components of the messenger superfields acquire a commom mass $`M`$and the scalar components acquire a commom mass $`M\sqrt{1\pm x}`$where $`x`$is a dimensionless parameter related to the breaking scale. The gauginos and sfermions masses receive radiative contributions from the messenger fields that generates a splitting among them and their corresponding SM partners. Gaugino and scalar masses lie roughly on the same order of magnitude. Moreover, after evolving by RGE, sfermions with the same quantum numbers continue degenerate if we ignore the effect of Yukawa couplings111In this work we assume that there are ten degenerate squarks corresponding to the five light quarks. Only the top squarks are considered to have an splitting between them, owing to the large Yukawa coupling of the top quark., therefore the mass hierarchy is directly related to the gauge coupling strength; the gauge coupling pattern also determines the gaugino mass hierarchy. In such models the gravitino might be very light, and it is a good candidate to be the LSP, in that case it plays a crucial role in low energy phenomenology. In this work the gravitino will be the LSP.

### 5.2 Introduction

The Standard Model with a light Higgs boson provides a very good description of all experimental data. The consistency of the precision electroweak data with the predictions of the Standard Model suggests that, if new physics is present at the weak scale, it is most probably weakly interacting and consistent with the presence of a light Higgs boson in the spectrum. Extensions of the Standard Model based on softly broken low energy supersymmetry (SUSY)  provide the most attractive scenarios of physics beyond the Standard Model fulfilling these properties. If the supersymmetry breaking masses are $`<𝒪(1\mathrm{TeV})`$, supersymmetry stabilizes the hierarchy between the Planck scale $`M_P`$ and the electroweak scale. Furthermore, the minimal supersymmetric extension of the Standard Model (MSSM) significantly improves the precision with which the three gauge couplings unify and leads to the presence of a light Higgs boson with a mass below about 128 GeV 222This upper limit for the lightest CP even Higgs boson could be moved up in some non-minimal supersymmetric versions. For instance, Ref.  shows that in the supersymmetric version of the SU(3)$`\times `$U(1) gauge model in which the Higgs triplets are included in the lepton superfields, the upper limit for the lightest CP even Higgs boson can be shifted up to about 140 GeV..

Perhaps the most intriguing property of supersymmetry is that local supersymmetry naturally leads to the presence of gravity (supergravity). In the case of local supersymmetry, the Goldstino provides the additional degrees of freedom necessary to make the gravitino a massive particle . In the simplest scenarios, the gravitino mass $`m_{\stackrel{~}{G}}`$ is directly proportional to the square of the supersymmetry breaking scale $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}`$:

$$m_{\stackrel{~}{G}}F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}/\sqrt{3}M_P,$$
(5.11)
where $`M_P`$ denotes the Planck mass.

The relation between the supersymmetry breaking scale $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}`$ and the masses of the supersymmetric partners depends on the specific supersymmetry breaking mechanism. In general, the superpartner masses $`M_{\mathrm{SUSY}}`$ are directly proportional to $`F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}`$ and inversely proportional to the messenger scale $`M_m`$ at which the supersymmetry breaking is communicated to the visible sector:

$$M_{\mathrm{SUSY}}C_M\frac{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}{M_m},$$
(5.12)
where $`C_M`$ is the characteristic strength of the coupling between the messenger sector and the visible one. If the breakdown of supersymmetry is related to gravity effects, $`M_m`$ is naturally of the order of the Planck scale and $`C_M`$ is of order one; hence, for $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}10^{11}`$ GeV, $`M_{\mathrm{SUSY}}`$ is naturally at the TeV scale. In gauge mediated scenarios (GMSB) , instead, the couplings $`C_M`$ are associated with the Standard Model gauge couplings (times a loop suppression factor), so that a $`F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}/M_m\stackrel{<}{_{}}100`$ TeV yields masses of the order of 100 GeV for the lighter Standard Model superpartners.

When relevant at low energies, the gravitino interactions with matter are well described through the interactions of its spin 1/2 Goldstino component . The Goldstino has derivative couplings with the visible sector with a strength proportional to $`1/F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}`$. In scenarios with a high messenger scale, of order $`M_P`$, Eqs. 5.11 and 5.12 imply that the gravitino has a mass of the same order as the other SUSY particles, and its interactions are extremely weak. In such scenarios, the gravitino plays no role in the low-energy phenomenology. However, in low energy supersymmetry breaking scenarios such as GMSB in which the messenger scale is significantly lower than the Planck scale, the supersymmetry breaking scale is much smaller. Typical values in the GMSB case are $`M_m10^510^8`$ GeV, leading to a supersymmetry breaking scale $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}`$ roughly between $`10^5`$ and a few times $`10^6`$ GeV. The gravitino then becomes significantly lighter than the superpartners of the quarks, leptons and gauge bosons, and its interaction strength is larger. As the lightest supersymmetric particle (LSP), the gravitino must ultimately be produced at the end of all superparticle decay chains if $`R`$-parity is conserved (for an analysis of the case of $`R`$-parity violation see, Ref. ).

Depending on the strength of the gravitino coupling, the decay length of the next-to-lightest supersymmetric particle (NLSP) can be large (so that the NLSP is effectively stable from the point of view of collider phenomenology; this occurs when $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}>1000`$ TeV), intermediate (so that the NLSP decays within the detector giving rise to spectacular displaced vertex signals; this occurs when 1000 TeV $`>\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}>100`$ TeV), or microscopic (so that the NLSP decays promptly; this occurs when $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}<100`$ TeV) . The decay branching fractions of the Standard Model superpartners other than the NLSP into the gravitino are typically negligible. However, if the supersymmetry breaking scale is very low, $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}100`$ TeV (corresponding to a gravitino mass $`1`$ eV), then the gravitino coupling strength can become large enough for superpartners other than the NLSP to decay directly into final states containing a gravitino . In any case, the SUSY-breaking scale must be larger than the mass of the heaviest superparticle; an approximate lower bound of $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}1`$ TeV corresponds to a gravitino mass of about $`10^3`$ eV.

In many models, the lightest amongst the supersymmetric partners of the Standard Model particles is a neutralino, $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. The partial width for $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ decaying into the gravitino and an arbitrary SM particle $`X`$ is given by

$$\mathrm{\Gamma }(\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0X\stackrel{~}{G})K_XN_X\frac{m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}}{96\pi }\left(\frac{m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}}{\sqrt{M_Pm_{\stackrel{~}{G}}}}\right)^4\left(1\frac{m_X^2}{m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}^2}\right)^4,$$
(5.13)
where $`K_X`$ is a projection factor equal to the square of the component in the NLSP of the superpartner $`\stackrel{~}{X}`$, and $`N_X`$ is the number of degrees of freedom of $`X`$. If $`X`$ is a photon, for instance, $`N_X=2`$ and

$$K_X=\left|N_{11}\mathrm{cos}\theta _W+N_{12}\mathrm{sin}\theta _W\right|^2,$$
(5.14)
where $`N_{ij}`$ is the mixing matrix connecting the neutralino mass eigenstates to the weak eigenstates in the basis $`\stackrel{~}{B},\stackrel{~}{W},\stackrel{~}{H}_1,\stackrel{~}{H}_2`$.

If the neutralino has a significant photino component, it will lead to observable decays into photon and gravitino. Since the heavier supersymmetric particles decay into the NLSP, which subsequently decays into photon and gravitino, supersymmetric particle production will be characterized by events containing photons and missing energy. This is in contrast to supergravity scenarios, where, unless very specific conditions are fulfilled , photons do not represent a characteristic signature. The presence of two energetic photons plus missing transverse energy provides a distinctive SUSY signature with very little Standard Model background.

It might be argued that a $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, decaying with a large branching ratio into photons, would be severely constrained by LEP data. However, such bounds are extremely model-dependent. For example, there exists no tree-level coupling between a photon (or $`Z`$) and either two binos or two neutral winos. Since the bino is associated with the smallest of all gauge interactions and, in addition, its mass is more strongly renormalized downward at smaller scales compared to the wino mass, in many models the lightest neutralino has a significant bino component. Therefore, if the NLSP is approximately a pure bino, the bounds on its mass depend strongly on the selectron mass (since, at LEP, pair-production of binos or neutral winos could occur through $`t`$-channel exchange of selectrons). For selectron masses below 200 GeV, the present bound on such a neutralino is approximately 90 GeV  (the bound weakens with increasing selectron mass). As emphasized before, once produced, such a neutralino would decay via $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. If $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is heavy enough, then the decays $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0Z\stackrel{~}{G}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0h^0\stackrel{~}{G}`$ are also allowed; however, the decay widths into these final states are kinematically suppressed compared to the $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ final state and will be important only if either the photino component of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is small or if $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ itself is significantly heavier than $`Z`$ and $`h^0`$ .

In most SUSY models, it is natural for the lighter top squark, $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1`$, to be light compared to the other squarks. In general, due to the large top Yukawa coupling, there is a large mixing between the weak eigenstates $`\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$, which leads to a large splitting between the two stop mass eigenstates. In addition, even if all squarks have a common mass at the messenger scale, the large top Yukawa coupling typically results in the stop masses being driven (under renormalization group evolution) to smaller values at the weak scale. An extra motivation to consider light third generation squarks comes from the fact that light stops, with masses of about or smaller than the top quark mass, are demanded for the realization of the mechanism of electroweak baryogenesis within the context of the MSSM .

In this chapter, we examine, in detail, the production and decay of top squarks at Run II of the Tevatron collider in low-energy SUSY breaking scenarios wherein the lightest neutralino is the NLSP and decays promptly into $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. We also investigate the production and decay of the other squarks, and provide an estimate of the reach of Run II of the Tevatron in the heavy gluino limit. We work in the context of a general SUSY model in which the SUSY particle masses are not constrained by the relations predicted in the minimal GMSB models. We assume throughout that the gravitino coupling is strong enough (or, equivalently, that the scale of SUSY breaking is low enough) that the NLSP decays promptly. This implies an upper bound on the supersymmetry breaking scale of a few tens to a few hundred TeV , depending on the mass of the NLSP. Our analysis can be extended to higher supersymmetry breaking scales for which the NLSP has a finite decay length, although in this case some signal will be lost on account of the NLSP decaying outside the detector. At least 50% of the diphoton signal cross section remains though for NLSP decay lengths $`c\tau <40`$ cm ; this corresponds to a supersymmetry breaking scale below a few hundred to about a thousand TeV, depending on the mass of the NLSP. Moreover, the displaced vertex associated with a finite decay length could be a very good additional discriminator for the signal. Thus, in totality, our choice is certainly not an overly optimistic one.

This chapter is organized as follows. In Sec. 5.3, we outline models of low-energy supersymmetry breaking wherein the lighter stop is the lightest sfermion and, moreover, is lighter than the charginos as well as the gluino. In the following section, we review the stop pair production cross section at the Tevatron. In Sec. 5.5, we summarize previous studies of stop production and decay at Run II of the Tevatron. This is followed, in Sec. 5.6, by a discussion of the SUSY parameter space and the relative partial widths of the various stop decay modes. In Sec. 5.7, we describe the signal for each of the stop decay modes considered. We describe the backgrounds and the cuts used to separate signal from background in each case, and give signal cross sections after cuts. This gives the reach at Run II. We also note the possibility that stops can be produced in the decays of top quarks. In Sec. 5.8 we consider the production and decay of 10 degenerate squarks that are the supersymmetric partners of the five light quarks. Finally, we summarize our results (along with the results concerning the previous chapters of this Ph. D. thesis) in chapter 6.

### 5.3 Light Stop in Low Energy Supersymmetry Breaking Models

As discussed above, the mass of the gravitino as well as its interaction strength are governed by the supersymmetry breaking scale $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}`$. Low energy supersymmetry breaking models are defined as those obtained for low values of $`\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{SUSY}}}`$ ($`\stackrel{<}{_{}}10^6`$ GeV) and hence resulting in a gravitino lighter than a few keV. Apart from evading cosmological problems , a further striking consequence of such models is that sparticle decays into gravitinos may occur at scales that may be of interest for collider phenomenology. As is apparent from Eq. (5.12), in such models the messenger mass scale $`M_m`$ should be smaller than $`10^9`$ GeV.

In this chapter, we are interested in the presence of light stops in low energy supersymmetry breaking scenarios. The motivation is simple: assuming that the supersymmetry breaking masses are flavor independent, that is the left- and right-handed squark masses of the three generations are the same at the messenger scale, the lighter stop turns out to be the lightest of all the squarks. The reasons are twofold. On the one hand, there are renormalization group effects induced by top-quark Yukawa interactions that tend to reduce the stop mass scale compared to the other squark masses. On the other, there are non-trivial mixing effects that tend to push the lightest stop mass down compared to the overall left- and right-squark masses. For similar reasons, it is also natural to assume that the lightest stop will be lighter than the gluino.

There is a further motivation behind our analysis, namely that of baryogenesis. A crucial requirement for electroweak baryogenesis scenarios within the Minimal Supersymmetric Extension of the Standard Model is the presence of a light stop with mass of the order of, or smaller than, the top quark mass. Since this scenario does not depend on the nature of supersymmetry breaking, it is very important to develop strategies to look for light top squarks in all their possible decay modes, in particular in those related to the possibility of low energy supersymmetry breaking.

In general, light stops can induce large corrections to the precision electroweak parameter $`\mathrm{\Delta }\rho `$ , unless they are mainly right-handed or there is some correlation between the masses and mixing angles in the stop and sbottom sector . The most natural way of suppressing potentially large contributions to the rho-parameter is to assume that there is a large hierarchy between the supersymmetry breaking mass parameters for the left- and right-handed stops. The simplest and most efficient way of doing this is to assume that sparticles which are charged under the weak gauge interactions acquire large supersymmetry breaking masses. Observe that, under this assumption, the charged wino will also be naturally heavier than the lightest stop and, for simplicity, we will assume that both charginos are heavier than the particle under study. We will further assume that the superpartner of the $`U(1)_Y`$ gauge boson, the so-called bino, is the lightest standard model superpartner.

The above mentioned properties are naturally obtained in simple extensions of the minimal gauge mediated model. Indeed, let us assume that there are $`N`$ copies of messengers, which transform as complete representations ($`+\overline{}`$) of $`SU(5)`$ and hence do not spoil the unification relations. Under the Standard Model gauge group, some of these fields will then transform as left-handed lepton multiplets ($`W_i`$, $`i=1\mathrm{}N`$) and their mirror partners ($`\overline{W}_i`$), while the others would transform as a right-handed down quark multiplet ($`C_i`$) and its mirror partner ($`\overline{C}_i`$). We shall assume that $`N4`$ in order to keep the gauge couplings weak up to the grand unification scale . Let us further assume that $`W_i`$ and $`C_i`$ couple to two different singlet fields $`S_{2,3}`$, with

$$S_j=S_j+\theta ^2F_j,$$
(5.15)
and, for simplicity, assume that all couplings are of order one and that $`F_jS_j^2`$. We will further assume that $`S_1S_2S`$, where $`S`$ characterizes the messenger scale.

In this simple case, the masses of the gauginos at the messenger scale will be given by

$`M_3`$ $`=`$ $`N{\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _3}{4\pi }}\mathrm{\Lambda }_3,`$
$`M_2`$ $`=`$ $`N{\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _2}{4\pi }}\mathrm{\Lambda }_2,`$
$`M_1`$ $`=`$ $`N{\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _1}{4\pi }}\left({\displaystyle \frac{2\mathrm{\Lambda }_3}{5}}+{\displaystyle \frac{3\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}{5}}\right),`$ (5.16)
where $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3F_3/S_3`$ and $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2F_2/S_2`$ . Now, it is easy to see that for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2>3\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$, the weak gaugino can have a mass similar to that of the gluino (or be even heavier), while the bino is still much lighter than the wino (about three times lighter than the wino at the messenger scale).

The squared scalar masses at the messenger scale are also proportional to the number of messengers $`N`$

$`m_Q^2`$ $`=`$ $`2N\left[{\displaystyle \underset{a=2,3}{}}C_Q^a\left({\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _a}{4\pi }}\right)^2\mathrm{\Lambda }_a^2+C_Q^1\left({\displaystyle \frac{\alpha _1}{4\pi }}\right)^2\left({\displaystyle \frac{2}{5}}\mathrm{\Lambda }_3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{5}}\mathrm{\Lambda }_2^2\right)\right],`$ (5.17)
where, for a particle transforming in the fundamental representation of $`SU(n)`$, $`C_Q^n=(n^21)/(2n)`$, while $`C_Q^1=3/5(QT_3)^2`$. The above quoted masses should be renormalized to the weak scale. The details of this procedure in a general gauge mediated model have been given by one of us in Ref. . We shall not repeat these expressions here. For our purpose, it suffices to stress some important details.

As we mentioned before, after renormalization and mixing effects are added, the right-handed stop is the lightest squark in the spectrum. The large value of the left-handed stop mass increases the negative Yukawa dependent radiative corrections to the right-handed stop mass. Therefore, for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$ larger than a few times $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$ and $`N>1`$, the lightest stop is lighter than the gluino and the wino. Even for $`N=1`$ this tends to be true, for not too small values of the messenger scale ($`S_3\stackrel{>}{_{}}10^7`$ GeV). Notice that, for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$ larger by an order of magnitude than $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$ and/or large values of $`N`$, the right-stop (or, in extreme cases the right-sbottom) becomes the lightest standard model superpartner. We shall thus concentrate on cases where $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$, though larger than $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$, is still of the same order.

The sleptons do not play a relevant role in stop decays as long as the charginos are heavier than the lightest stop. One has only to ensure that the lightest slepton does not become lighter than the bino. The hierarchy of the right-handed slepton mass and the bino mass is approximately given by

$$m_{\stackrel{~}{e}_R}^2\frac{2M_1^2}{N}r_1,$$
(5.18)
where $`r_1`$ is the appropriate renormalization group factor relating the masses at the messenger scale to the masses at the weak scale. This factor is about 1.5–1.7  in the region of interest for this work and therefore we are led to conclude that, as long as $`N3`$, the bino is the next-to-lightest supersymmetric particle. Observe that this constraint on $`N`$ is somewhat weaker than in the minimal model, due to the appearence of the factor $`3/5`$ in front of the dominant $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$ contribution.

In all of the above, we have not discussed the process of radiative electroweak symmetry breaking and the determination of the $`\mu `$ parameter. This is due to the fact that in the minimal gauge mediated models of the kind we described above, the generation of a proper value of the parameter $`B\mu `$ requires the presence of new physics that necessarily modifies the value of the Higgs mass parameters . It is, therefore, justified to treat $`\mu `$ as an independent parameter in such models.

To summarize, we have seen that a mild modification of the simplest gauge mediated models leads to a model where the stop is lighter than all the other squarks and also lighter than the weak and strong gauginos, while the bino remains the next-to-lightest supersymmetric particle. The unification relations are preserved as long as the number of messenger families is less than or equal to 3. The only condition for this to happen is that the effective scale $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$ is a few times larger than $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$, but still of the same order of magnitude. The relation between the stop mass and the bino mass will be governed by the hierarchy between $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_2`$ and $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_3`$. This modification of the minimal gauge mediated models is well justified in order to get consistency of a light stop with electroweak precision observables. Some of the sleptons might be lighter than the stop, but, as long as the charginos remain heavy, they have no impact on the stop phenomenology.

Let us stress that the above should be considered only as a simple example in which a light stop, mainly right-handed, can appear in the spectrum in low energy supersymmetry breaking models. As the nature of supersymmetry breaking is unknown, so is the exact spectrum. We only make the simplifying assumptions that the left- and right-handed sfermions receive an approximately common mass at the messenger scale and that the gaugino masses are of the same order of magnitude as the squark masses. The truly defining feature of our assumption is that the wino and the gluino are heavier than the squarks and that the bino is the next-to-lightest supersymmetric particle. Although the left-handed squarks tend to be heavier than the right-handed ones, the exact spectrum obtained in the simple model detailed above does not differ markedly from the simplified spectrum that we choose to work with. In this kind of models, apart from the somewhat lighter stops, there will be ten squarks approximately degenerate in mass, which will predominantly decay into a quark and a bino, which will subsequently decay into photons (or $`Z`$ bosons) and missing energy.

### 5.4 Top squark production at Tevatron Run II

Top squarks are produced at hadron colliders overwhelmingly via the strong interaction, so that the tree-level cross sections are model independent and depend only on the stop mass. The production modes of the lightest stop, $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1`$, at the Tevatron are $`q\overline{q}\stackrel{~}{t}_1\stackrel{~}{t}_1^{}`$ and $`gg\stackrel{~}{t}_1\stackrel{~}{t}_1^{}`$. The cross sections for these processes are well known at leading order (LO) , and the next-to-leading order (NLO) QCD and SUSY-QCD corrections have been computed  and significantly reduce the renormalization scale dependence. The NLO cross section is implemented numerically in PROSPINO .

We generate stop events using the LO cross section evaluated at the scale $`\mu =m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$, improved by the NLO K-factor 333Although gluon radiation at NLO leads to a small shift in the stop $`p_T`$ distribution to lower $`p_T`$ values , we do not expect this shift to affect our analysis in any significant way. obtained from PROSPINO  (see Fig. 5.1). The K-factor varies between 1 and 1.5 for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$ decreasing from 450 to 100 GeV. We use the CTEQ5 parton distribution functions . We assume that the gluino and the other squarks are heavy enough that they do not affect the NLO cross section. This is already the case for gluino and squark masses above about 200 GeV .

Top squarks can also be produced via cascade decays of heavier supersymmetric particles, with a highly model dependent rate. To be conservative, we assume that the masses of the heavier supersymmetric particles are large enough that their production rate at Tevatron energies can be neglected.

### 5.5 Previous studies of stops at Run II

A number of previous studies have considered the prospects for stop discovery at Run II of the Tevatron, which we summarize here. In general, the most detailed SUSY studies have been done in the context of supergravity; in this case SUSY is broken at the Planck scale so that the gravitino plays no role in the collider phenomenology. Then the lightest neutralino is the LSP and ends all superparticle decay chains. The reach of the Tevatron for a number of stop decay modes has been analyzed in Refs. . The signal depends on the decay chain, which in turn depends on the relative masses of various SUSY particles. For sufficiently heavy stops, the decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}t\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ will dominate. This channel is of limited use at Run II because the stop pair production cross section falls rapidly with increasing stop mass, and this channel requires $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_t+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, which is quite heavy for the Tevatron in the case of minimal supergravity.444In low-energy SUSY breaking scenarios, however, the mass range $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_t+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ is interesting at Tevatron energies because the distinctive signal allows backgrounds to be reduced to a very low level, as we will show. For lighter stops, if a chargino is lighter than the stop then $`\stackrel{~}{t}b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^+`$ tends to dominate (followed by the decay of the chargino). The details of the signal depend on the Higgsino content of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^+`$. If $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^+`$ has a mass larger than $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}m_b`$, the previous decay does not occur and the three-body decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW^+\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ dominates; this decay proceeds through the exchange of a virtual top quark, chargino, or bottom squark. If the stop is too light to decay into an on-shell $`W`$ boson and $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, then the flavor-changing decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ tends to dominate. Finally, if a sneutrino or slepton is light, then $`\stackrel{~}{t}b\mathrm{}^+\stackrel{~}{\nu }_{\mathrm{}}`$ or $`\stackrel{~}{t}b\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{}}^+\nu _{\mathrm{}}`$, respectively, will occur (followed by the decays of the slepton or the sneutrino, if it is not the LSP). At Run II with 2 (20) fb-1 of total integrated luminosity, in the context of minimal supergravity one can probe stop masses up to 160 (200) GeV in the case of the flavor changing decay, while stop masses as high as 185 (260) GeV can be probed if the stop decays into a bottom quark and a chargino . A similar reach holds in the case of a light sneutrino  and in the case of large $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ when the stop can decay into $`b\tau \nu \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ .

One can also search for stops in the decay products of other SUSY particles . In top decays, the process $`t\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{g}`$ is already excluded because of the existing lower bound on the gluino mass 555The bound on the gluino mass is, however, model dependent. Under certain conditions, an allowed window exists for gluino masses below the gauge boson masses .. Other possibilities are $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }^{}b\stackrel{~}{t}^{}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{g}t\stackrel{~}{t}^{}`$. Finally, the decays $`\stackrel{~}{b}\stackrel{~}{t}W^{}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{t}H^{}`$ have to compete with the preferred decay, $`\stackrel{~}{b}b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, and so may have small branching ratios (depending on the masses of $`\stackrel{~}{t}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{b}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ and $`H^{}`$). The signals for these processes at the Tevatron Run II have been considered in minimal supergravity in Ref. .

If R-parity violation is allowed, then single stop production can occur via the fusion of two quarks. Single stop production is kinematically favored compared to stop pair production and offers the opportunity to measure R-parity violating couplings. This has been considered for the Tevatron in Ref. , which showed that the stop could be discovered at Run II for masses below about 400 GeV provided that the R-parity violating coupling $`\lambda ^{\prime \prime }>0.020.1`$ and that the stop decays via $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^+`$ (followed by $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^+l^+\nu _l\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$).

Relatively few studies have been done in the context of low-energy SUSY breaking with a gravitino LSP. A study of GMSB signals performed as part of the Tevatron Run II workshop  considered the decays of various SUSY particles as the NLSP. As discussed before, the NLSP in such models will decay directly to the gravitino and Standard Model particles. If the stop is the NLSP in such a model, then it will decay via $`\stackrel{~}{t}t^{()}\stackrel{~}{G}bW^+\stackrel{~}{G}`$ (for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_b+m_W`$). Note that because $`\stackrel{~}{G}`$ is typically very light in such models, $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_W+m_b`$ is sufficient for this decay to proceed with an on-shell $`W`$ boson. Ref.  found sensitivity at Run II to this decay mode for stop masses up to 180 GeV with 4 fb-1. This stop decay looks very much like a top quark decay; nevertheless, even for stop masses near $`m_t`$, such stop decays can be separated from top quark decays at the Tevatron using kinematic correlations among the decay products .

Finally, Ref.  considered general GMSB signals at the Tevatron of the form $`\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T+X`$. The authors of Ref.  provide an analysis of the possible bounds on the stop mass coming from the Run I Tevatron data. They analyze the stop decay mode into a charm quark and a neutralino, and also possible three body decays, by scanning over a sample of models. They conclude that stop masses smaller than 140 GeV can be excluded already by the Run I Tevatron data within low energy supersymmetry breaking models independent of the stop decay mode, assuming that $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}>70`$ GeV.

### 5.6 Top squark decay branching ratios

The decay properties of the lighter stop depend on the supersymmetric particle spectrum. Of particular relevance are the mass splittings between the stop and the lightest chargino, neutralino and bottom squark. In our analysis, we assume that the charginos and bottom squarks are heavier than the lighter stop, so that the on-shell decays $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{b}W`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }^+b`$ are kinematically forbidden. Then the details of the stop decay depend on the mass splitting between the stop and the lightest neutralino. If $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<m_W+m_b+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, two decay modes are kinematically accessible:

1. the flavor-changing (FC) two-body decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. This two-body decay proceeds through a flavor-changing loop involving $`W^+`$, $`H^+`$ or $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }^+`$ exchange or through a tree-level diagram with a $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{c}`$ mixing mass insertion;
2. the four-body decay via a virtual $`W`$ boson, $`\stackrel{~}{t}W^+b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0jjb\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ or $`\mathrm{}\nu b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ .

The branching ratio of the stop decay into charm and neutralino strongly depends on the details of the supersymmetry breaking mechanism. In models with no flavor violation at the messenger scale, the whole effect is induced by loop effects and receives a logarithmic enhancement which becomes more relevant for larger values of the messenger mass. In the minimal supergravity case, the two-body FC decay branching ratio tends to be the dominant one. In the case of low energy supersymmetry breaking, this is not necessarily the case. Since the analysis of the four-body decay process is very similar to the three-body decay described below for larger mass splittings between the stop and the lighter neutralino, here we shall analyze only the case in which the two-body FC decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is the dominant one whenever $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<m_W+m_b+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$.

For larger mass splittings, so that $`m_W+m_b+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<m_t+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, the three-body decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}W^+b\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ becomes accessible, with $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. This stop decay proceeds through a virtual top quark, virtual charginos, or virtual sbottoms. Quite generally, this 3-body decay will dominate over the 2-body FC decay in this region of phase space.

For still heavier stops, $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_t+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, the two-body tree-level decay mode $`\stackrel{~}{t}t\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ becomes kinematically accessible and will dominate. Although the 3-body and 2-body FC decays are still present, their branching ratios are strongly suppressed.

Let us emphasize that, since the bino is an admixture of the zino and the photino, a pure bino neutralino can decay into either $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ or $`Z\stackrel{~}{G}`$ (see Eq. 5.13). If the lightest neutralino is a mixture of bino and wino components, then the relative zino and photino components can be varied arbitrarily, leading to a change in the relative branching ratios to $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ and $`Z\stackrel{~}{G}`$. If the lightest neutralino contains a Higgsino component, then the decay to $`h^0\stackrel{~}{G}`$ is also allowed. We show in Fig. 5.2 the branching ratio of the lightest neutralino into $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ as a function of its mass and Higgsino content.

### 5.7 Top squark signals in low-energy SUSY breaking

As discussed in the previous section, the decay properties of the lighter stop depend primarily on the mass splitting between the stop and the lightest neutralino. In this section, we proceed with the phenomenological analysis of the signatures of top squark production associated with the different decay modes. In Sec. 5.7.1 we shall analyze the signatures associated with the two-body FC decay, which after the neutralino decay leads to $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. In Sec. 5.7.2 we shall analyze the signatures associated with the three-body decay, which after neutralino decay leads to $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW^+\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. The two-body decay $`\stackrel{~}{t}t\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, which typically dominates for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_t+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, leads to the same final state as the three-body decay and therefore the discussion of this case will be included in Sec. 5.7.2. Finally, in Sec. 5.7.3 we consider the possibility that stops are produced in the decays of top quarks.

#### 5.7.1 Two-body FC decay: $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$

With the stop undergoing the aforementioned decay, the final state consists of a pair each of charm jets, photons and (invisible) gravitinos. As we will show below, the backgrounds to this process are small enough that we need not require charm tagging. Thus the signal consists of

$$2(\mathrm{jets})+2\gamma +\overline{)}E_T.$$

The selection criteria we adopt are:

1. each event must contain two jets and two photons, each of which should have a minimum transverse momentum ($`p_T>20`$ GeV) and be contained in the pseudorapidity range $`2.5<\eta <2.5`$;
2. the jets and the photons should be well separated from each other; namely,

$$\delta R_{jj}>0.7,\delta R_{\gamma \gamma }>0.3,\delta R_{j\gamma }>0.5$$

where $`\delta R^2=\delta \eta ^2+\delta \varphi ^2`$, with $`\delta \eta `$ ($`\delta \varphi `$) denoting the difference in pseudorapidity (azimuthal angle) of the two entities under consideration;
3. the invariant mass of the two jets should be sufficiently far away from the $`W`$\- and $`Z`$-masses:
$`m_{jj}`$ (75 GeV, 95 GeV);
4. each event should be associated with a minimum missing transverse momentum ($`\overline{)}p_T>30`$ GeV).

The photons and jets in signal events tend to be very central; in particular, reducing the pseudorapidity cut for the two photons to $`2.0<\eta <2.0`$ would reduce the signal by less than about 3%. (This change would reduce the background by a somewhat larger fraction.) Apart from ensuring observability, these selection criteria also serve to eliminate most of the backgrounds, which are listed in Table 5.1.

A primary source of background is the SM production of $`jj\gamma \gamma \nu _i\overline{\nu }_i`$ where the jets could have arisen from either quarks or gluons in the final state of partonic subprocesses. A full diagrammatic calculation would be very computer-intensive and is beyond the scope of this work. Instead, we consider the subprocesses that are expected to contribute the bulk of this particular background, namely $`p\overline{p}2j+2\gamma +Z+X`$ with the $`Z`$ subsequently decaying into neutrinos. These processes are quite tractable and were calculated with the aid of the helicity amplitude program Madgraph . On imposition of the abovementioned set of cuts, this background at the Run II falls to below $`0.2`$ fb.

An independent estimate of the $`jj\gamma \gamma \nu _i\overline{\nu }_i`$ background may be obtained through the consideration of the single-photon variant, namely $`jj\gamma \nu _i\overline{\nu }_i`$ production, a process that Madgraph can handle. After imposing the same kinematic cuts (other than requiring only one photon) as above, this process leads to a cross section of roughly 0.2 fb. Since the emission of a second hard photon should cost us a further power of $`\alpha _{\mathrm{em}}`$, the electromagnetic coupling constant, this background falls to innocuous levels. We include both this estimate and the one based on $`Z`$ production from the previous paragraph in Table 5.1. Though a naive addition of both runs the danger of overcounting, this is hardly of any importance given the overwhelming dominance of one.

A second source of background is $`b\overline{b}\gamma \gamma `$ ($`c\overline{c}\gamma \gamma `$), with missing transverse energy coming from the semileptonic decay of one or both of the $`b`$ ($`c`$) mesons. In this case, though, the neutrinos tend to be soft due to the smallness of the $`b`$ and $`c`$ masses. Consequently, the cut on $`\overline{)}p_T`$ serves to eliminate most of this background, leaving behind less than 0.1 fb. This could be further reduced (to $`<0.001`$ fb) by vetoing events with leptons in association with jets. However, such a lepton veto would significantly impact the selection efficiency of our signal, which contains $`c\overline{c}`$, thereby reducing our overall sensitivity in this channel.

A third source of background is $`jj\gamma \gamma `$ production, in which the jet (light quark or gluon) and/or photon energies are mismeasured leading to a fake $`\overline{)}p_T`$. To simulate the effect of experimental resolution, we use a (very pessimistic) Gaussian smearing: $`\delta E_j/E_j=0.1+0.6/\sqrt{E_j(\mathrm{GeV})}`$ for the jets and $`\delta E_\gamma /E_\gamma =0.05+0.3/\sqrt{E_\gamma (\mathrm{GeV})}`$ for the photons.666We have also performed similar smearing for the other background channels as well as for the signal. However, there it hardly is of any importance as far as the estimation of the total cross section is concerned. While the production cross section is much higher than that of any of the other backgrounds considered, the ensuing missing momentum tends to be small; in particular, our cut on $`\overline{)}E_T`$ reduces this background by almost 99%.777This reduction factor is in rough agreement with that found for $`\gamma +j`$ events in CDF Run I data in Ref. . On imposition of our cuts, this fake background is reduced to $`0.2`$ fb.888We note that in the squark searches in supergravity scenarios the signal is $`jj\overline{)}E_T`$; in this case a similar background due to dijet production with fake $`\overline{)}p_T`$ is present. This background is larger by two powers of $`\alpha `$ than the $`jj\gamma \gamma `$ background, yet it can still be reduced to an acceptable level by a relatively hard cut on $`\overline{)}p_T`$ (see, e.g., Ref. ).

Finally, we consider the instrumental backgrounds from electrons or jets misidentified as photons. Based on Run I analyses  of electron pair production and taking the probability for an electron to fake a photon to be about 0.4%, we estimate the background due to electrons faking photons to be of order $`5\times 10^4`$ fb. More important is the background in which a jet fakes a photon. Based on a Run I analysis  and taking the probability for a jet to fake a photon to be about 0.1%, we estimate the background due to $`jjj\gamma `$ in which one of the jets fakes a second photon to be about 0.8 fb. Similarly, we estimate that the background due to $`jjjj`$ in which two of the jets fake photons is somewhat smaller; to be conservative we take it to be of the same order, i.e., 0.8 fb.

Having established that the backgrounds are small, let us now turn to the signal cross section that survives the cuts. In Fig. 5.3, we present these as contours in the $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$$`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ plane. We assume that the branching ratio of $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ dominates in the region of parameter space that we consider here. The branching ratio of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ is taken from Fig. 5.2 assuming that $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is a pure bino.999If $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is not a pure bino, its branching ratio to $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ will typically be reduced somewhat when its mass is large (see Fig. 5.2). This will lead to a reduction of the signal cross section at large $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ by typically a few tens of percent. All our plots are made before detector efficiencies are applied. With a real detector, each photon is identified with about $`ϵ_\gamma =80`$% efficiency; thus the cross sections shown in Fig. 5.3 must be multiplied by $`ϵ_\gamma ^2=0.64`$ in order to obtain numbers of events.101010The diphoton trigger efficiency is close to 100%, so we neglect it here. While the production cross sections are independent of the neutralino mass, the decay kinematics have a strong dependence on $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$. For a given $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$, a small mass splitting between $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$ and $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ would imply a soft charm jet, which would often fail to satisfy our selection criteria. This causes the gap between the cross section contours and the upper edge of the parameter space band that we are exploring in Fig. 5.3. This is further compounded at large $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ by the fact that a large neutralino mass typically implies a smaller $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ branching fraction (see Fig.5.2). On the other hand, a small $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ results in reduced momenta for the gravitino and the photon, once again resulting in a loss of signal; however, this is important only for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<70`$ GeV, which is not relevant in this search channel.

The signal cross sections are fairly substantial. In particular, the dark area in Fig. 5.3 corresponds to a signal cross section of 50 fb or larger at Run I of the Tevatron. Taking into account the identification efficiency of 64% for the two photons, such a cross section would have yielded 3 signal events in the 100 pb-1 collected in Run I over a background of much less than 1 event. Run I can thus exclude this region at 95% confidence level. In particular, we conclude that Run I data excludes stop masses up to about 200 GeV, for large enough mass splitting between the stop and the neutralino. When the stop-neutralino mass splitting is small (i.e., less than about $`1020`$ GeV), the charm quark jets become too soft and the signal efficiency decreases dramatically. For comparison, a DØ search  for inclusive $`p\overline{p}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0+X`$ with $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ in the context of minimal supergravity yields a limit on the production cross section of about 1 pb for parent squark masses of order 150-200 GeV. Interpreting this in terms of stop pair production with $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ reidentified as $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ increases the signal efficiency by a factor of $`2.7`$ because every SUSY event now contains two photons ; the DØ analysis then yields a stop mass bound of about 180 GeV, in rough agreement with our result.111111Note, however, that the non-negligible mass of the LSP of about 35 GeV assumed in Ref.  leads to kinematics that differ significantly from those in our analysis, in which the gravitino is essentially massless. In addition, Ref.  projected a Run I exclusion of stops in this decay channel for masses below about 160-170 GeV, again in rough agreement with our result.

To claim a discovery at the $`5\sigma `$ level, one must observe a large enough number of events that the probability for the background to fluctuate up to that level is less than $`5.7\times 10^7`$. Because the number of expected background events in this analysis is small, we use Poisson statistics to find the number of signal events required for a $`5\sigma `$ discovery. Taking the total background cross section to be 2 fb from Table 5.1, we show in Table 5.2 the expected maximum stop discovery mass reach at Tevatron Run II for various amounts of integrated luminosity.121212The cross sections and numbers of events required for discovery are quoted in terms of integrated luminosities at a single detector. If data from the CDF and DØ detectors are combined, the integrated luminosity of the machine is effectively doubled. In particular, with 4 fb-1 a stop discovery can be expected in this channel if $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<285`$ GeV, with $`S/B`$ of more than 2/1.131313For comparison, in the case of minimal supergravity a reach of $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<180`$ GeV can be expected in the $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ channel with 4 fb-1 at Tevatron Run II; the same reach is obtained in low-energy SUSY breaking scenarios in which the stop is the NLSP rather than the neutralino . In both of these cases, the signal consists of $`jj\overline{)}E_T`$, with no photons in the final state. Including the effects of mixing in the composition of the lightest neutralino, a 50% reduction in the $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ branching ratio compared to the pure bino case would reduce the stop mass reach by only about 20 GeV. For such a reduction to occur in the relevant neutralino mass range of about $`200250`$ GeV, the lightest neutralino would have to be less than half bino.

#### 5.7.2 Three-body decay: $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW^+\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$

For a large enough splitting between the stop and neutralino masses, the signature of stop pair production would be141414The backgrounds are again small enough after cuts in this channel that we do not need to tag the $`b`$ quarks. In the case of a discovery, one could imagine tagging the $`b`$ quarks and reconstructing the $`W`$ bosons in order to help identify the discovered particle. $`jjWW\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T`$. In this analysis, we consider only the dominant hadronic decay mode of both $`W`$ bosons.

This decay mode of the stop proceeds via three Feynman diagrams, involving an intermediate off-shell top quark, chargino or sbottom. We use the full decay matrix elements as given in Ref. . Although this introduces several additional parameters into the analysis, a few simplifying assumptions may be made without becoming too model dependent. For example, assuming that the lightest stop is predominantly the superpartner of the right-handed top-quark ($`\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$), eliminates the sbottom exchange diagram altogether. Even if the stop contains a mixture of $`\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$, under our assumption that the lighter stop is the next-to-lightest Standard Model superpartner, the sbottom exchange diagram will be suppressed by the necessarily larger sbottom mass. As for the chargino exchange, the wino component does not contribute for a $`\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$ decay. Thus the chargino contribution is dominated by its Higgsino component. Furthermore, if we concentrate on scenarios with large values of the supersymmetric mass parameter $`\mu `$ and of the wino mass parameter (in which case the charginos are heavy and the neutralino is almost a pure bino), the chargino exchange contribution is also suppressed and the dominant decay mode is via the diagram involving an off-shell top quark. To simplify our numerical calculations, we have then assumed that only this diagram contributes to the stop decay matrix element. We have checked for a few representative points though, that the inclusion of the sbottom and chargino diagrams does not significantly change the signal efficiency after cuts as long as we require that $`m_{\stackrel{~}{b}}`$, $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }^+}>m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$.

As the $`W`$ bosons themselves decay, it might be argued that their polarization information needs to be retained. However, since we do not consider angular correlations between the decay products, this is not a crucial issue; the loss of such information at intermediate steps in the decay does not lead to a significant change in the signal efficiency after cuts. This is particularly true for the hadronic decay modes of the $`W`$, for which the profusion of jets frequently leads to jet overlap, thereby obscuring detailed angular correlations. It is thus safe to make the approximation of neglecting the polarization of the $`W`$ bosons in their decay distributions, and we do so in our analysis.

Before we discuss the signal profile and the backgrounds, let us elaborate on the aforementioned jet overlapping. With six quarks in the final state, some of the resultant jets will very often be too close to each other to be recognizable as coming from different partons. We simulate this as follows. We count a final-state parton (quark or gluon) as a jet only if it has a minimum energy of 5 GeV and lies within the pseudorapidity range $`3<\eta <3`$. We then merge any two jets that fall within a $`\delta R`$ separation of 0.5; the momentum of the resultant jet is the sum of the two momenta. We repeat this process iteratively, starting with the hardest jet. Our selection cuts are then applied to the (merged) jets that survive this algorithm.

The signal thus consists of:

$$n\mathrm{jets}+2\gamma +\overline{)}E_T(n6)$$

Hence, all of the SM processes discussed in the previous section yield backgrounds to this signal when up to four additional jets are radiated. Now, the radiation of each hard and well separated jet suppresses the cross section by a factor of order $`\alpha _s0.118`$. Then, since the $`jj\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T`$ backgrounds are already quite small after the cuts applied in the previous section (see Table 5.1), the backgrounds with additional jets are expected to be still smaller. 151515For the backgrounds in which one or both of the photons are faked by misidentified jets, we have taken into account the larger combinatoric factor that arises when more jets are present to be misidentified.

There exists a potential exception to the last assertion, namely the background due to $`t\overline{t}\gamma \gamma `$ production. To get an order of magnitude estimate, the cross section for $`t\overline{t}`$ production at Tevatron Run II is 8 pb . If both of the photons are required to be energetic and isolated, we would expect a suppression by a factor of order $`\alpha _{\mathrm{em}}^2`$, leading to a cross section of the order of 0.5 fb. This cross section is large enough that we need to consider it carefully.

If both $`W`$ bosons were to decay hadronically, then a sufficiently large missing transverse energy can only come from a mismeasurement of the jet or photon energies. As we have seen in the previous section, this missing energy is normally too small to pass our cuts, thereby suppressing the background. If one of the $`W`$ bosons decays leptonically, however, it will yield a sizable amount of $`\overline{)}E_T`$. This background can be largely eliminated by requiring that no lepton ($`e`$ or $`\mu `$) is seen in the detector. This effectively eliminates the $`W`$ decays into $`e`$ or $`\mu `$ or decays to $`\tau `$ followed by leptonic $`\tau `$ decays; the remaining background with hadronic $`\tau `$ decays is naturally quite small without requiring additional cuts. Considerations such as these lead us to an appropriate choice of criteria for an event to be selected:

1. At least four jets, each with a minimum transverse momentum $`p_{Tj}>20`$ GeV and contained in the pseudorapidity interval of $`3<\eta _j<3`$. Any two jets must be separated by $`\delta R_{jj}>0.7`$. As most of the signal events do end up with 4 or more energetic jets (the hardest jets coming typically from the $`W`$ boson decays), this does not cost us in terms of the signal, while reducing the QCD background significantly. In addition, the $`t\overline{t}\gamma \gamma `$ events with both $`W`$’s decaying leptonically are reduced to a level of order $`10^4`$ fb by this requirement alone.
2. Two photons, each one with $`p_{T\gamma }>20`$ GeV and pseudorapidity $`2.5<\eta _\gamma <2.5`$. The two photons must be separated by at least $`\delta R_{\gamma \gamma }>0.3`$.
3. Any photon-jet pair must have a minimum separation of $`\delta R_{j\gamma }>0.5`$.
4. A minimum missing transverse energy $`\overline{)}E_T>30`$ GeV.
5. The event should not contain any isolated lepton with $`p_T>10`$ GeV and lying within the pseudorapidity range $`3<\eta <3`$.

As in the previous section, the cut on $`\overline{)}E_T`$ serves to eliminate most of the background events with only a fake missing transverse momentum (arising out of mismeasurement of jet energies). In association with the lepton veto, it also eliminates the bulk of events in which one of the $`W`$ bosons decays leptonically (including the $`\tau `$ channel). A perusal of Table 5.3, which summarizes the major backgrounds after cuts, convinces us that the backgrounds to this channel are very small, in fact much smaller than those for the previous channel.

The signal cross section after cuts (but before photon identification efficiencies) is shown in Fig. 5.4 as a function of the stop and $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ masses. We assume that the branching ratio of $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ dominates in the region of parameter space under consideration. The branching ratio of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ is again taken from Fig. 5.2 assuming that $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is a pure bino. The signal efficiency after cuts is about 45%. For small neutralino masses ($`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<50`$ GeV), though, both the photons and the gravitinos ($`\overline{)}E_T`$) tend to be soft, leading to a decrease in the signal efficiency. For small stop masses (as well as for large stop masses when the stop-neutralino mass difference is small), on the other hand, the jets are soft leading to a suppression of the signal cross section after cuts. As one would expect, both of these effects are particularly pronounced in the contours corresponding to large values of the cross section. The additional distortion of the contours for large neutralino masses can, once again, be traced to the suppression of the $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ branching fraction (see Fig. 5.2).

The non-observation of $`jjWW\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T`$ events at Run I of the Tevatron already excludes the region of parameter space shown in black in Fig. 5.4. As in the previous section, in this excluded region at least 3 signal events would have been produced after cuts and detector efficiencies in the 100 pb-1 of Run I data, with negligible background. In particular, Run I data excludes stop masses below about 200 GeV, for neutralino masses larger than about 50 GeV.

We show in Table 5.4 the expected maximum stop discovery mass reach at Tevatron Run II for various amounts of integrated luminosity.161616Again, if data from the CDF and DØ detectors are combined, the integrated luminosity of the machine is effectively doubled. In particular, with 4 fb-1, a stop discovery can be expected in this channel if $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<320`$ GeV.171717For comparison, in the case of minimal supergravity a reach of $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<190`$ GeV can be expected in the $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ channel with 4 fb-1 at Tevatron Run II . If the lightest neutralino is not a pure bino, the reach at large neutralino masses will be reduced. However, the maximum stop mass reach quoted here will not be affected, because it occurs for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}50100`$ GeV; in this mass range the lightest neutralino decays virtually 100% of the time to $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ due to the kinematic suppression of all other possible decay modes, unless its photino component is fine-tuned to be tiny.

Including a separate analysis of stop production and decay with one or more of the $`W`$ bosons decaying leptonically would yield an increase in the overall signal statistics; however, we do not expect this increase to dramatically alter the stop discovery reach.

#### 5.7.3 Stop production in top quark decays

If $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<m_t`$, then stops can be produced in the decays of top quarks. As we will explain here, most of the parameter space in this region is excluded by the non-observation of stop events via direct production or in top quark decays at Run I of the Tevatron. However, some interesting parameter space for this decay remains allowed after Run I, especially if the lighter stop is predominantly $`\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$.

For $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}<m_b+m_W+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, so that the stop decays via $`\stackrel{~}{t}c\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, the region in which $`t\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is possible is almost entirely excluded by the limit on stop pair production at Run I, as shown in Fig. 5.3. A sliver of parameter space in which the stop-neutralino mass splitting is smaller than about 10 GeV remains unexcluded. For $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>m_b+m_W+m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$, so that the stop decays via $`\stackrel{~}{t}bW\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, the signal efficiency in the search for direct stop production is degraded for light neutralinos with masses below about 50 GeV and for stops lighter than about 150 GeV. This prevents Run I from being sensitive to stop pair production in the region of parameter space in which top quark decays to stops are possible with the stops decaying to $`bW\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, as shown in Fig. 5.4. In what follows, we focus on this latter region of parameter space.

As discussed before, if the lightest neutralino is mostly bino, the constraints on its mass are model-dependent. The constraints from Tevatron Run I are based on inclusive chargino and neutralino production  under the assumption of gaugino mass unification; the cross section is dominated by production of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^\pm \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^{}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^\pm \stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0`$. If the assumption of gaugino mass unification is relaxed, then Run I puts no constraint on the mass of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. At LEP, while the pair production of a pure bino leads to an easily detectable diphoton signal, it proceeds only via $`t`$-channel selectron exchange. The mass bound on a bino $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ from LEP thus depends on the selectron mass . In particular, for selectrons heavier than about 600 GeV, bino masses down to 20 GeV are still allowed by the LEP data. If $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ contains a Higgsino admixture, it couples to the $`Z`$ and can be pair-produced at LEP via $`Z`$ exchange. For an NLSP with mass between 20 and 45 GeV, as will be relevant in our top quark decay analysis, the LEP search results limit the $`\stackrel{~}{H}_2`$ component to be less than 1%. Such a small $`\stackrel{~}{H}_2`$ admixture has no appreciable effect on the top quark partial width to $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. We thus compute the partial width for $`t\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ assuming that the neutralino is a pure bino. Taking the lighter stop to be $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1=\stackrel{~}{t}_L\mathrm{cos}\theta _{\stackrel{~}{t}}+\stackrel{~}{t}_R\mathrm{sin}\theta _{\stackrel{~}{t}}`$, we find,

$$\mathrm{\Gamma }(t\stackrel{~}{t}_1\stackrel{~}{B})=\left[\frac{4}{9}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta _{\stackrel{~}{t}}+\frac{1}{36}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _{\stackrel{~}{t}}\right]\frac{\alpha }{\mathrm{cos}^2\theta _W}\frac{E_{\stackrel{~}{B}}}{m_t}\sqrt{E_{\stackrel{~}{B}}^2m_{\stackrel{~}{B}}^2},$$
(5.19)
where $`E_{\stackrel{~}{B}}=(m_t^2+m_{\stackrel{~}{B}}^2m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}^2)/2m_t`$. The numerical factors in the square brackets in Eq. 5.19 come from the hypercharge quantum numbers of the two stop electroweak eigenstates. Clearly, the partial width is maximized if the lighter stop is a pure $`\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$ state; it drops by a factor of 16 if the lighter stop is a pure $`\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$ state. In any case, the branching ratio for $`t\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{B}`$ does not exceed 6% for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}>100`$ GeV and $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}>20`$ GeV.181818For neutralino masses below $`m_Z`$, as are relevant here, the branching ratio into $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ is virtually 100% (see Fig. 5.2), almost independent on the neutralino composition.

The signal from top quark pair production followed by one top quark decaying as in the Standard Model and the other decaying to $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$, followed by the stop 3-body decay and the neutralino decays to $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$, is $`bbWW\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T`$. This signal is the same (up to kinematics) as that from stop pair production in the 3-body decay region. As in the case of stop pair production followed by the 3-body decay, we expect that the background to this process can be reduced to a negligible level. Run I can then place 95% confidence level exclusion limits on the regions of parameter space in which 3 or more signal events are expected after cuts and efficiencies are taken into account. Using the Run I top quark pair production cross section of 6 pb  and a total luminosity of 100 pb-1, we compute the number of signal events as a function of the stop and neutralino masses and the stop composition, assuming various values of the signal efficiency after cuts and detector efficiencies. If $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1=\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$, then Run I excludes most of the parameter space below the kinematic limit for this decay even for fairly low signal efficiency $`20`$%, as shown in Fig. 5.5. If $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1=\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$, on the other hand, the signal cross section is much smaller and Run I gives no exclusion unless the signal efficiency is larger than 75%, which would already be unfeasible including only the identification efficiencies for the two photons; even 100% signal efficiency would only yield an exclusion up to $`m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}118`$ GeV.

At Run II, the top quark pair production cross section is 8 pb  and the expected total luminosity is considerably higher. This allows top quark decays to $`\stackrel{~}{t}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ to be detected for stop and neutralino masses above the Run I bound. For $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1=\stackrel{~}{t}_R`$, top quark decays to stops will be probed virtually up to the kinematic limit, even with low signal efficiency $``$10% and only 2 fb-1 of integrated luminosity. If $`\stackrel{~}{t}_1=\stackrel{~}{t}_L`$, so that the signal event rate is minimized, top quark decays to stops would be discovered up to within 10 GeV of the kinematic limit for signal efficiencies $`>20`$% and 4 fb-1 of integrated luminosity (see Fig. 5.6). In this region of parameter space, stops would also be discovered in Run II with less than 2 fb-1 via direct stop pair production (see Fig. 5.4).

### 5.8 Ten degenerate squarks

Having concentrated until now on the production and decay of the top squark, let us now consider the other squarks. In the most general MSSM, the spectrum is of course quite arbitrary. However, low energy constraints  from flavor changing neutral current processes demand that such squarks be nearly mass degenerate, at least those of the same chirality. Interestingly, in many theoretical scenarios, such as the minimal gauge mediated models, this mass degeneracy between squarks of the same chirality happens naturally; in addition the mass splitting between the left-handed and right-handed squarks associated with the five light quarks turns out to be small. For simplicity, then, we will work under the approximation that all of these 10 squarks (namely, $`\stackrel{~}{u}_{L,R}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{d}_{L,R}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{c}_{L,R}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{s}_{L,R}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{b}_{L,R}`$) are exactly degenerate.

#### 5.8.1 Production at Tevatron Run II

While the cross sections for the individual pair-production of the $`\stackrel{~}{c}_{L,R}`$, $`\stackrel{~}{s}_{L,R}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{b}_{L,R}`$ are essentially the same as that for a top-squark of the same mass, the situation is more complicated for squarks of the first generation. The latter depend sensitively on the gluino mass because of the presence of $`t`$-channel diagrams. Moreover, processes such as $`\overline{u}u\stackrel{~}{u}_L\stackrel{~}{u}_R^{}`$ or $`dd\stackrel{~}{d}_{L,R}\stackrel{~}{d}_{L,R}`$ become possible and relevant. Of course, in the limit of very large gluino mass, the squark production processes are driven essentially by QCD and dominated by the production of pairs of mass eigenstates, analogous to the top squark production considered already. In particular, at the leading order, the total production cross section for the ten degenerate squarks of a given mass is simply ten times the corresponding top squark production cross section.

Since a relatively light gluino only serves to increase the total cross section (see Fig. 5.7), it can be argued that the heavy gluino limit is a *conservative one*. To avoid considering an additional free parameter, we shall perform our analysis in this limit. To a first approximation, the signal cross sections presented below will scale191919That the gluino exchange diagram has a different topology as compared to the (dominant) quark-initiated QCD diagram indicates that corresponding angular distributions would be somewhat different. Thus, the efficiency after cuts is not expected to be strictly independent of the gluino mass. For the most part, though, this is only a subleading effect. with the gluino mass approximately as shown in Fig. 5.7.

Like top squarks, the 10 degenerate squarks can also be produced via cascade decays of heavier supersymmetric particles. To be conservative, we again neglect this source of squark production by assuming that the masses of the heavier supersymmetric particles are large enough that their production rate at Tevatron energies can be neglected.

The NLO cross sections for production of ten degenerate squarks including QCD and SUSY-QCD corrections have been implemented numerically in PROSPINO . We generate squark production events using the LO cross section evaluated at the scale $`\mu =m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}`$, improved by the NLO K-factor obtained from PROSPINO  (see Fig. 5.8), in the limit that the gluino is very heavy. The K-factor varies between 1 and 1.25 for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}`$ decreasing from 550 to 200 GeV. As in the case of the top squark analysis, we use the CTEQ5 parton distribution functions  and neglect the shift in the $`p_T`$ distribution of the squarks due to gluon radiation at NLO.

#### 5.8.2 Signals in low-energy SUSY breaking

The decays of the ten degenerate squarks are very simple. As long as they are heavier than the lightest neutralino,202020As before, we do not allow the possibility of cascade decays through other neutralinos/charginos. Were we to allow these, the channel we are considering would be somewhat suppressed, but additional, more spectacular, channels would open up. they decay via $`\stackrel{~}{q}q\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0q\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$. The signal and backgrounds are then identical to those of the two-body FC stop decay discussed in Sec. 5.7.1, and consequently we use the same selection cuts. In fact, in view of the tenfold increase in the signal strength, we could afford more stringent cuts so as to eliminate virtually all backgrounds, but this is not quite necessary.

The signal cross section after cuts (but before efficiencies) for production of ten degenerate squarks in the heavy gluino limit is shown in Fig. 5.9 as contours in the $`m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}`$$`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}`$ plane. We assume that the squark $`\stackrel{~}{q}`$ decays predominantly into $`q\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. The branching ratio of $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ is taken from Fig. 5.2 assuming that $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ is a pure bino. Clearly, the effect of the kinematic cuts on the signal is very similar to that in the case of the 2-body FC decay of the stop. The mass reach, of course, is much larger due to the tenfold increase in the total cross section; also, unlike in the case of the stop, the 2-body decay is dominant throughout the entire parameter space.

The non-observation of $`jj\gamma \gamma \overline{)}E_T`$ events at Run I of the Tevatron excludes the region of parameter space shown in black in Fig. 5.9. As in our stop analysis, in this excluded region, at least 3 signal events would have been detected in the 100 pb-1 of Run I data, with negligible background. In particular, we estimate that Run I data excludes the ten degenerate squarks up to a common mass of about 280 GeV. As in the case of 2-body FC stop decays, when the mass splitting between the squarks and the neutralino is too small (i.e., less than about 40 GeV), the jets become soft and the signal efficiency decreases dramatically, leaving an unexcluded region of parameter space. The DØ search for inclusive $`p\overline{p}\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0+X`$ with $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$  yields a limit on the production cross section of about 0.5 pb for parent squark masses above about 250 GeV. Interpreted in terms of pair production of 10 degenerate squarks in the large $`m_{\stackrel{~}{g}}`$ limit with $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_2^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$ reidentified as $`\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ again increases the signal efficiency by a factor of $`2.7`$ because every event contains two photons ; the DØ analysis then yields a bound on the common squark mass of about 275 GeV, again in rough agreement with our result.212121Ref.  quotes a squark mass bound of 320 GeV for the case $`m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}m_{\stackrel{~}{g}}`$ in the context of low-energy SUSY breaking; we expect that this is due to the contribution of chargino and neutralino production to the total SUSY cross section in their analysis.

Taking the total background cross section to be 2 fb (see Table 5.1), we show in Table 5.5 the expected maximum discovery mass reach for ten degenerate squarks at Tevatron Run II for various amounts of integrated luminosity.222222Again, if data from the CDF and DØ detectors are combined, the integrated luminosity of the machine is effectively doubled. In particular, with 4 fb-1 a squark discovery can be expected in this channel if $`m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}<360`$ GeV. Again, if the lightest neutralino is not a pure bino, the reach at large neutralino masses will be reduced. However, this will have very little effect on the maximum squark mass reach quoted here, because this maximum reach occurs for $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}100150`$ GeV, where all neutralino decay modes other than $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ suffer a large kinematic suppression. From Fig. 5.2, it is evident that the neutralino branching fraction into $`\gamma \stackrel{~}{G}`$ will be reduced by no more than 10% in this mass range as long as the neutralino is at least 50% bino; such a reduction in the neutralino branching fraction will lead to a reduction of only a few GeV in the maximum squark mass reach.

## Chapter 6 Concluding remarks

We have examined the possibility of the existence of a non-minimal Higgs sector. In particular, we consider the next to minimal Higgs sector consisting of two Higgs doublets. There are several motivations to explore those scenarios, among them we have: 1) The fact that the Higgs sector is totally unknown so far, 2) the unnatural hierarchy predicted by SM between the Yukawa couplings of the third family of quarks, 3) the possibility of generating either spontaneous or explicit CP violation, 4) the generation of flavor changing neutral currents (inspired in the increasing evidence on neutrino oscillations) still compatible with the strong experimental limits on them, and 5) the possibility that some models with larger symmetries end up at low energies in a non minimal Higgs sector as in the case of SUSY models. In particular if the SUSY particles are heavy enough, the MSSM Higgs sector acquires the form of a constrained 2HDM type II.

The two Higgs doublet model predicts the existence of five Higgs particles: One CP odd Higgs boson $`\left(A^0\right)`$, two CP even ones $`(h^0,H^0)`$, and two charged Higgs particles $`\left(H^\pm \right)`$. If a charged Higgs were discovered first, it would be a clear signature of the presence of a non-minimal Higgs sector. The detection of a CP-odd Higgs boson would also yield evidence on physics beyond the SM because of the significant deviations of its couplings to SM particles respect to the ones of a CP even Higgs. In particular, it worths to mention that couplings of $`A^0VV`$ should be absent, or at least highly suppressed. Of course, another possible signal would be the discovery of more than one Higgs. Finally, if only one CP even Higgs is discovered and the same experiment is unable to detect other Higgs modes, deviations on its couplings from the ones predicted by the SM can contain the information on certain underlying Higgs spectrum, in the case of the 2HDM even in the framework of the decoupling limit in which the couplings at tree level of the lighter Higgs boson are SM-like, precision measurements of the couplings could detect such deviations via radiative corrections. If a SM-like Higgs is detected, one of the most promising couplings to look for possible deviations from the SM behavior is the trilinear self coupling $`h^0h^0h^0`$.

The most important sources for production of Higgs bosons in Hadron Colliders are the gluon-gluon fusion and $`qq^{}`$production, while in $`e^+e^{}`$colliders the most important sources consists of $`WW,ZZ`$fusion and Higgstraghlung. Additionally, detection depends on the subsequent decay of the Higgs bosons, the dominant decay channels are highly model dependent and the estimated rate production should be calculated for specific regions of the free parameters. Finally, other interesting perspectives for Higgs production might be provided by $`\gamma \gamma `$fusion in $`\gamma \gamma `$colliders dominated by $`\rho W^{}`$or $`t\overline{t}`$loop, and also by $`\mu \mu `$colliders if they run at the Higgs resonance$`\sqrt{s}=m_H`$.

On the other hand, the presence of FCNC could be an indirect signature of the existence of an extended Higgs sector, perhaps the strongest motivation to look for these rare processes lies on the evidence of neutrino oscillations. Despite processes with FCNC are strongly suppressed by some underlying principle still unknown, there is an important region of parameters in which those processes are still compatible with experimental constraints. As for the quark sector, the FCNC involving the first family are strongly constrained, while the bounds on the other mixings are considerably softened. In this work we concentrate on FCNC in the lepton sector. If LFV is expected in the neutral sector of leptons because of the neutrino oscillations, it is reasonable to consider that those processes are also present in the charged lepton sector as well. Useful constraints involving the vertices $`\xi _{\mu \tau },\xi _{e\tau },\xi _{\tau \tau },\xi _{\mu \mu }`$can be derived from the $`\left(g2\right)_\mu `$factor, and the decays $`\mu e\gamma ,\tau \mu \gamma ,`$ and $`\tau \mu \mu \mu `$. In turn, based on the information gotten for these vertices some upper limits on the decay widths $`\mathrm{\Gamma }(\tau e\gamma )`$, and $`\mathrm{\Gamma }(\tau eee)`$ are obtained. Those estimations were calculated by assuming $`m_{h^0}115GeV`$and $`m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$. Since the most recent estimations of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu ,`$ still provides an important window for new Physics, we obtain from it very interesting lower and upper bounds on the mixing vertex $`\xi _{\mu \tau }`$at 95% C.L. Specifically, an allowed interval of $`7.62\times 10^4\xi _{\mu \tau }^24.44\times 10^2`$was found in a quite wide region of parameters. Of course, we should realize that both SM test and experimental measurements of $`a_\mu `$are still being scrutinized and current results are not definitive at all. However, if not severe changes occur in forthcoming experiments and/or SM estimations, these constraints could continue being valid at least at a lower confidence level. Future improvements on both estimations should elucidate this point.

Based on these constraints, and on the leptonic decays $`\mu e\gamma ,\tau \mu \gamma ,`$and $`\tau \mu \mu \mu `$we got the following conservative and quite general bounds of LFV vertices

$`\xi _{e\tau }^2`$ $``$ $`2.77\times 10^{14},`$
$`1.8\times 10^2`$ $``$ $`\xi _{\tau \tau }2.2\times 10^2;\left|\xi _{\mu \mu }\right|0.13\text{for }m_{A^0}>>m_{h^0}`$
$`\left|\xi _{\tau \tau }\right|`$ $``$ $`1.0\times 10^2;\left|\xi _{\mu \mu }\right|0.15\text{for }m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$
It is remarkable the very strong hierarchy among the allowed values for $`\xi _{e\tau }^2`$and $`\xi _{\mu \tau }^2.`$ Moreover, these bounds on $`\xi _{\tau \tau }`$and $`\xi _{\mu \mu }`$are considerably relaxed for certain specific values of $`m_{A^0}`$. In that case, the room available for them is such that they permit either a strong enhancement or a strong suppression of the couplings $`H\tau \overline{\tau }`$and/or $`H\mu \overline{\mu }`$for any neutral Higgs boson.

Furthermore, we estimate upper limits on the decay widths $`\mathrm{\Gamma }(\tau e\gamma )`$, and$`\mathrm{\Gamma }(\tau eee)`$, finding that they are basically hopeless to look for, in near future experiments, at least in the framework of the 2HDM type III with heavy Higgs bosons.

In addition, we see that processes with flavor changing charged currents are intimately related to the processes with flavor changing neutral currents. The same mixing elements that produce the FCNC correct the FCCC in the quark sector (respect to the CKM elements) while producing the FCCC in the leptonic sector. It worths to point out that the study of the FCCC at tree level in the 2HDM (III) depend on a less number of free parameters since only one scalar particle is exchanged, and the Higgs boson involved does not couple through a mixing angle. For instance, based on the decay width $`\mathrm{\Gamma }\left(\mu ^{}\nu _ee^{}\overline{\nu }_\mu \right)`$we can get the upper limit $`\left|\xi _{e\mu }/m_{H^+}\right|3.8\times 10^3GeV^1`$without any further assumption on the free parameters of the model.

It worths to say that the phenomenological constraints described so far, were calculated in the fundamental parametrization of the 2HDM(III) with only one VEV. Nevertheless, it is possible to use other parametrizations for the 2HDM type III in which both VEV’s are taken different from zero. In that case, the part of the Lagrangian involving the Higgs sector is written in terms of the spurious parameter $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$, in such a way that the Yukawa Lagrangian type III is expressed as the one in the model type I plus some FC interactions, or as the model type II plus some FC interactions. These particular parametrizations are equivalent to the fundamental one in which one of the VEV is zero and $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$vanishes. However, these non trivial bases could be useful when we want to compare the model type III with the models type I or II. Additionally, these parametrizations facilitates the study of the decoupling limit of the 2HDM. By setting a fixed value of $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$we are using a particular basis to write the model, in that sense, the parameter $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$acts as a “gauge fixing” term.

Now, based on non trivial parametrizations of model III in which models type I and II become apparent, we get bounds on the Higgs boson masses, by making reasonable assumptions on the FC vertices. Since the contribution of the pseudoscalar Higgs boson to $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$is negative while the estimated value is positive definite at 95% CL, the estimated value of $`\mathrm{\Delta }a_\mu `$impose lower bounds on the Pseudoscalar Higgs mass. Specifically, we have taken for $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }`$ the geometric average of the Yukawa couplings, and we also utilized values one order of magnitude larger and one order of magnitude smaller. Taking these three values for the FC vertex we find that the smaller value for $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }`$the more stringent lower bounds for $`m_{A^0}`$. Additionally, assuming $`m_{H^0}=m_{h^0},`$we show that in the limit of small (large) $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$the lower bound of $`m_{A^0}`$becomes merely $`m_{A^0}m_{h^0}`$for parametrization of type I (II). In the case of different scalar masses, there is still a lower asymptotic limit for $`m_{A^0}`$. Notwithstanding, these lower constraints on $`m_{A^0}`$should be considered carefully, since for $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }\left(\stackrel{~}{\xi }\right)_{\mu \tau }`$we can only make reasonable estimations but they are unknown so far.

On the other hand, as a matter of addendum, the production and decays of top-squarks at the Tevatron collider is examined in the framework of general low energy supersymmetry breaking models. In models of low-energy SUSY breaking, signatures of SUSY particle production generically contain two hard photons plus missing energy due to the decays of the two neutralino NLSPs produced in the decay chains. Standard Model backgrounds to such signals are naturally small at Run II of the Tevatron. We studied the production and decay of top squarks at the Tevatron in such models in the case where the lightest Standard Model superpartner is a light neutralino that predominantly decays into a photon and a light gravitino. We considered 2-body flavor-changing and 3-body decays of the top squarks. The reach of the Tevatron in such models is larger than in the standard supergravity models and than in models with low-energy SUSY breaking in which the stop is the NLSP, rather than the neutralino. We estimate that top squarks with masses below about 200 GeV can be excluded based on Run I data, assuming that 50 GeV $`<m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<m_{\stackrel{~}{t}}10`$ GeV. For a modest final Run II luminosity of 4 fb-1, stop masses up to 285 GeV are accessible in the 2-body decay mode, and up to 320 GeV in the 3-body decay mode.

Top squarks can also be produced in top quark decays. We found that, within the context of low-energy SUSY breaking with the stop as the next-to-next-to-lightest SUSY particle, the region of parameter space in which stop production in top quark decays is possible is almost entirely excluded by Run I data if the lighter stop is predominantly right-handed; however, an interesting region is still allowed if the lighter stop is predominantly left-handed, due to the smaller branching ratio of $`t\stackrel{~}{t}_L\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0`$. Run II will cover the entire parameter space in which top decays to stop are possible.

We also studied the production and decay of the ten squarks associated with the five light quarks, assumed to be degenerate. In models of low-energy SUSY breaking, the decays of the ten degenerate squarks lead to signals identical to those for the 2-body flavor-changing stop decays. The cross section for production of ten degenerate squarks at the Tevatron is significantly larger than that of the top squark. We estimate that the 10 degenerate squarks with masses below about 280 GeV can be excluded based on Run I data, assuming that $`m_{\stackrel{~}{\chi }_1^0}<m_{\stackrel{~}{q}}40`$ GeV. For a final Run II luminosity of 4 fb-1, squark masses as large as 360 GeV are easily accessible in the limit that the gluino is very heavy. The production cross section, and hence the discovery reach, increases further with decreasing gluino mass.

## Appendix A Determination of the minima of the potential and the mass eigenstates

### A.1 Minimum condition for the potential

The potential can be written in terms of the following hermitian gauge invariant operators

$`\widehat{A}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\widehat{B}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2,\widehat{C}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2+\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)=\text{Re}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right),`$
$`\widehat{D}`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\right)=\text{Im}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$
The most general renormalizable and $`SU\left(2\right)\times U\left(1\right)`$invariant potential is given by

$`V_g`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}\mu _4^2\widehat{D}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\widehat{C}^2+\lambda _4\widehat{D}^2`$ (A.1)
$`+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}+\lambda _6\widehat{A}\widehat{C}+\lambda _8\widehat{A}\widehat{D}+\lambda _7\widehat{B}\widehat{C}+\lambda _9\widehat{B}\widehat{D}+\lambda _{10}\widehat{C}\widehat{D}`$
For the sake of simplicity, we shall use in this appendix the following parametrization for the doublets

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1+i\varphi _2\\ \varphi _3+i\varphi _4\end{array}\right);\mathrm{\Phi }_2=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _5+i\varphi _6\\ \varphi _7+i\varphi _8\end{array}\right)$$
(A.2)
we will assume from now on, that both VEV can be taken real (i.e. there is not spontaneous $`CP`$ violation) such that$`\varphi _3=v_1/\sqrt{2};\varphi _7=v_2/\sqrt{2}`$. Now, we examine the minimum conditions (tadpoles).

$$T_i=\frac{V}{\varphi _i}|_{\varphi _3=v_1/\sqrt{2},\varphi _7=v_2/\sqrt{2}}=0$$

where $`\varphi _i`$, with $`i=1,..,8`$denotes each gauge eigenstate of the scalars defined in (A.2). We obtain the following non trivial equations

$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_3={\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^3+\lambda _1v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2v_2\mu _1^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_2^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1v_2^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_2`$
$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_4=\left(2\mu _4^2+\lambda _9v_2^2+\lambda _8v_1^2+\lambda _{10}v_2v_1\right)v_2`$
$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_7={\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2v_1\mu _2^2v_2+\lambda _2v_2^3{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2v_1^2`$
$`0`$ $`=`$ $`T_8=\left(2\mu _4^2+\lambda _9v_2^2+\lambda _8v_1^2+\lambda _{10}v_2v_1\right)v_1`$ (A.3)
Now, the mass matrix elements are gotten from the terms quadratic in the scalars

$$M_{ij}^2=\frac{1}{2}\frac{^2V}{\varphi _i\varphi _j}|_{\varphi _3=v_1/\sqrt{2},\varphi _7=v_2/\sqrt{2}}$$
(A.4)
from (A.4, A.1), and (A.2) the $`8\times 8`$mass matrix becomes

$$\left(\begin{array}{cccccccc}M_{11}^2& 0& 0& 0& M_{15}^2& M_{16}^2& 0& 0\\ 0& M_{22}^2& 0& 0& M_{25}^2& M_{26}^2& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& M_{33}^2& M_{34}^2& 0& 0& M_{37}^2& M_{38}^2\\ 0& 0& M_{34}^2& M_{44}^2& 0& 0& M_{47}^2& M_{48}^2\\ M_{15}^2& M_{25}^2& 0& 0& M_{55}^2& 0& 0& 0\\ M_{16}^2& M_{26}^2& 0& 0& 0& M_{66}^2& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& M_{37}^2& M_{47}^2& 0& 0& M_{77}^2& M_{78}^2\\ 0& 0& M_{38}^2& M_{48}^2& 0& 0& M_{78}^2& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)$$
(A.5)
where the matrix elements are given by

$`M_{11}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _6v_1v_2`$
$`M_{15}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2`$
$`M_{16}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _4^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _{10}v_1v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _8v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _9v_2^2`$
$`M_{22}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _6v_1v_2`$
$`M_{25}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _9v_2^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _{10}v_1v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _4^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _8v_1^2`$
$`M_{26}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2`$
$`M_{33}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2+3\lambda _1v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{2}}\lambda _6v_1v_2`$
$`M_{34}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _8v_1v_2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _{10}v_2^2`$
$`M_{37}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2+\lambda _5v_1v_2+\lambda _3v_1v_2`$
$`M_{38}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _9v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _{10}v_1v_2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _4^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _8v_1^2`$
$`M_{44}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _4v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _6v_1v_2`$
$`M_{47}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _9v_2^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _{10}v_1v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _4^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _8v_1^2`$
$`M_{48}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _4v_1v_2`$
$`M_{55}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _7v_1v_2`$
$`M_{66}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _7v_1v_2`$
$`M_{77}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+3\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{2}}\lambda _7v_1v_2`$
$`M_{78}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _9v_2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _{10}v_1^2`$
$`M_{88}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _4v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _7v_1v_2`$ (A.6)
Observe that $`v_2=0`$, is a valid solution for Eqs. (A.3). Now, if we solve using $`v_2=0,`$and replace the other minimum conditions into the mass terms (A.6) we get

$`M_{11}^2`$ $`=`$ $`0;M_{15}^2=0;M_{16}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _8v_1^2;M_{22}^2=0;M_{25}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _8v_1^2`$
$`M_{26}^2`$ $`=`$ $`0;M_{33}^2=2\lambda _1v_1^2;M_{34}^2=0;M_{37}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _6v_1^2;M_{38}^2=\lambda _8v_1^2`$
$`M_{44}^2`$ $`=`$ $`0;M_{47}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _8v_1^2;M_{48}^2=0;M_{55}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$
$`M_{66}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;M_{77}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$
$`M_{78}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _{10}v_1^2;M_{88}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _4v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$
We can see that the potential A.1 violates CP explicitly by means of the terms $`M_{16},M_{25},M_{34},M_{38},M_{47},M_{78}`$in the mass matrix (A.5), since they mix real parts with imaginary parts of the complex neutral fields $`\varphi _1^0,\varphi _2^0`$, see Eqs. (A.2, 2.1). As we shall see below, these terms vanish in the potentials (2.42.5, 2.8) avoiding explicit CP violation. Notwithstanding, potentials (2.42.6) can exhibit spontaneous CP violation while potentials (2.5, 2.8) do not allow spontaneous CP violation either.

Before continuing with some special cases of the potential, we shall introduce some useful formulae. If we have a $`2\times 2`$real symmetric matrix

$$A=\left(\begin{array}{cc}a& c\\ c& b\end{array}\right)$$

its eigenvalues and orthonormal eigenvectors are given by

$`k_{1,2}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left[a+b\pm \sqrt{\left(ab\right)^2+4c^2}\right]`$
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{cos}\delta \\ \mathrm{sin}\delta \end{array}\right)`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{}{u}_1k_1;\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{sin}\delta \\ \mathrm{cos}\delta \end{array}\right)\stackrel{}{u}_2k_2`$ (A.11)
$`\mathrm{sin}2\delta `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2c}{\sqrt{\left(ab\right)^2+4c^2}}};\mathrm{cos}2\delta ={\displaystyle \frac{\left(ab\right)}{\sqrt{\left(ab\right)^2+4c^2}}}`$ (A.12)
from which we get

$`UAU^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}k_1& 0\\ 0& k_2\end{array}\right)`$
$`U`$ $``$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{}{u}_1^T\\ \stackrel{}{u}_2^T\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\delta & \mathrm{sin}\delta \\ \mathrm{sin}\delta & \mathrm{cos}\delta \end{array}\right)`$
further, if we start from a doublet of gauge eigenstates

$$\mathrm{\Omega }\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Omega }_1\\ \mathrm{\Omega }_2\end{array}\right)$$

and settle the following definitions

$$HU\mathrm{\Omega }\left(\begin{array}{c}H_1\\ H_2\end{array}\right),MUAU^{}=\left(\begin{array}{cc}k_1& 0\\ 0& k_2\end{array}\right)$$

we can check that, owing to the unitarity of the rotation matrix $`U`$the following identity is held

$$\mathrm{\Omega }^{}A\mathrm{\Omega }=H^{}MH$$

and since $`M`$is diagonal, we say that the doublet $`H`$contains the mass eigenstates $`H_1,H_2`$. They are obtained by rotating the original gauge eigenstates through the unitary matrix $`U`$; and $`k_1,k_2`$correspond to the squared masses of the mass eigenstates $`H_1,H_2`$respectively. These results will be applied widely in foregoing issues.

From now on, we shall examine some special cases of the potential (A.1).

#### A.1.1 The potential with $`C`$invariance

According to section (2.2.1), if we demand from the potential to be $`C`$invariant, we ought to settle $`\mu _4^2=\lambda _8=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0.`$Additionally, we can always make a rotation on the two doublets in such a way that only one of them get a VEV (see appendix C for details). So we can take $`\varphi _3=v_1/\sqrt{2};\varphi _7=v_2/\sqrt{2}=0`$, without any loss of generality.

With the assumptions above, the minimum conditions are reduced to only two equations

$$\mu _1^2=\lambda _1v_1^2;\mu _3^2=\frac{\lambda _6v_1^2}{2}$$

replacing them into the mass matrix elements we get

$`M_{15}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2;M_{33}^2=2\lambda _1v_1^2;M_{37}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _6v_1^2`$
$`M_{55}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;M_{66}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$
$`M_{77}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;M_{88}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _4v_1^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$
the other terms vanish. Now, we can relabel the matrix in the following way $`1,2,3,4,5,6,7,81,2,5,6,3,7,4,8`$the new positions of the above elements in this new matrix are111It is equivalent to relabel the scalar fields $`\varphi _i`$which clearly does not affect the physical content of the mass matrix.

$$\left(\begin{array}{cccccccc}0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& M_{55}^2& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& M_{66}^2& 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0& M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0& M_{73}^2& M_{77}^2& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)$$
(A.15)
which can be decomposed in the following way

$$\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& M_{55}^2& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& M_{66}^2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{73}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& 0\\ 0& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)$$
(A.16)
Additionally, since $`M_{55}^2=M_{66}^2`$we get for the first matrix

$$\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& M_{55}^2& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& M_{66}^2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& 0\\ 0& M_{55}^2\end{array}\right)I_{2\times 2}$$
(A.17)
With this decomposition it is easier to diagonalize the matrix (A.15) since it is equivalent to diagonalize each of the submatrices given above. Let us start by diagonalizing the matrix (A.17) corresponding to the indices $`1,2,5,6.`$Its orthonormalized eigenvectors and eigenvalues are given by

$`\{\left(\begin{array}{cccc}1& 0& 0& 0\end{array}\right)^T,\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 1& 0& 0\end{array}\right)^T\}`$ $``$ $`m_{G^+}^2=0`$ (A.20)
$`\{\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 1& 0\end{array}\right)^T,\left(\begin{array}{cccc}0& 0& 0& 1\end{array}\right)^T\}`$ $``$ $`m_{H^+}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2`$ (A.23)
thus each eigenvalue is doubly degenerate. Therefore, they correspond to charged eigenstates. The eigenvalue $`m_{G^+}^2=0`$correspond to a would be Goldstone boson (massless scalar) while $`m_{H^+}^2=\mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _5v_1^2`$correspond to the mass of a charged Higgs boson. According to the eigenvectors obtained in (A.23) the mass eigenstates are given by

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}G_1\\ G_2\\ H_1\\ H_2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cccc}1& 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 1& 0& 0\\ 0& 0& 1& 0\\ 0& 0& 0& 1\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1\\ \varphi _2\\ \varphi _5\\ \varphi _6\end{array}\right)$$

But taking into account that to define a scalar charged Higgs boson we require two degrees of freedom, we realize that the first two scalar fields define the charged would be Goldstone boson $`G^+`$, which is written as a linear combination of the scalars $`\varphi _1,\varphi _2`$. The assigment of both degrees of freedom can be done as $`(\varphi _1,\varphi _2)^T\varphi _1+i\varphi _2\varphi _1^+`$; in the same way $`(G_1,G_2)^TG_1+iG_2G^+,`$something similar happens to $`(\varphi _5,\varphi _6)^T\varphi _2^+`$and$`(H_1,H_2)^TH^+`$. Therefore, the relation among the gauge and mass eigenstates of the charged scalar fields can be simplified as222Noteworthy, this is the opposite procedure respect to the one developed in Sec. (2.2.2), in which we extend the dimension of the representation, see for example Eq. (2.37). In this case we are “shrinking” the dimension of the representation.

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}1& 0\\ 0& 1\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)$$

The second matrix in (A.16) correspond to the indices 3,7.

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{73}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}2\lambda _1v_1^2& \frac{1}{2}\lambda _6v_1^2\\ \frac{1}{2}\lambda _6v_1^2& \mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _3v_1^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _5v_1^2\end{array}\right)$$

applying Eqs. (A.12) the eigenvalues and orthonormalized eigenvectors are:

$$m_{H^0,h^0}^2=\left(\lambda _1+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _+\right)v_1^2\frac{1}{2}\mu _2^2\pm \sqrt{\left[\left(\lambda _1\frac{1}{2}\lambda _+\right)v_1^2+\frac{1}{2}\mu _2^2\right]^2+\left(\frac{1}{2}\lambda _6v_1^2\right)^2}$$

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{cos}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha \end{array}\right)`$ $``$ $`m_{H^0}^2;\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)m_{h^0}^2`$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\lambda _6v_1^2}{\left(2\lambda _1\lambda _+\right)v_1^2+\mu _2^2}};\lambda _+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _3+\lambda _5\right)`$
therefore, the diagonalization process is performed by the following rotation of the gauge eigenstates

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\sqrt{2}\varphi _3v_1\\ \sqrt{2}\varphi _7v_2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)$$

but according to the parametrizations (A.2) and (2.2) of the Higgs doublets

$$\left(\sqrt{2}\varphi _{3,7}v_{1,2}\right)h_{1,2}$$

obtaining

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)$$

Finally, we diagonalize the submatrix corresponding to the elements 4,8 in Eq. (A.16)

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{44}^2& M_{48}^2\\ M_{84}^2& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& 0\\ 0& \mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _4+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2\end{array}\right)$$

whose eigenvectors and eigenvalues are

$$\left\{\left(\begin{array}{c}1\\ 0\end{array}\right)\right\}0,\left\{\left(\begin{array}{c}0\\ 1\end{array}\right)\right\}\mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}v_1^2\lambda _4+\frac{1}{2}v_1^2\lambda _5$$

the first eigenvalue correspond to a neutral, massless would Goldstone boson, while the second one is associated to another neutral Higgs boson.

$$m_{G^0}=0\text{}m_{A^0}=\mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _4+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2$$

The mass eigenstates are given by

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}1& 0\\ 0& 1\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _4\\ \varphi _8\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)$$

#### A.1.2 The potential with a $`Z_2`$invariance

As explained in section (2.2.1) a way to avoid spontaneous $`CP`$violation consists of demanding invariance under the $`Z_2`$ symmetry $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$(as well as the $`C`$invariance) and correspond to setting $`\mu _3^2=\mu _4^2=\lambda _6=\lambda _7=\lambda _8=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0`$in (A.1). The minimum conditions (A.3) are reduced to two equations:

$`v_1\left[\mu _1^2+\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _+v_2^2\right]`$ $`=`$ $`0`$
$`v_2\left[\mu _2^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+\lambda _+v_1^2\right]`$ $`=`$ $`0`$
where$`\lambda _+=\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _3+\lambda _5\right).`$So we have two sets of independent solutions

a)

$$v_1^2=\frac{\lambda _2\mu _1^2\lambda _+\mu _2^2}{\lambda _1\lambda _2\lambda _+^2};v_2^2=\frac{\lambda _1\mu _2^2\lambda _+\mu _1^2}{\lambda _1\lambda _2\lambda _+^2}$$

or b)

$$v_2^2=0;v_1^2=\frac{\mu _1^2}{\lambda _1}$$

##### First set of solutions

The decomposed mass matrix, after using the minimum conditions, relabeling and taking into account that $`M_{15}^2=M_{26}^2,M_{11}^2=M_{22}^2,`$and $`M_{55}^2=M_{66}^2`$becomes

$$M_{tot}^2=\left[\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{11}^2& M_{15}^2\\ M_{15}^2& M_{55}^2\end{array}\right)I_{2\times 2}\right]\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{37}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{44}^2& M_{48}^2\\ M_{48}^2& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)$$

$`M_{11}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_2^2\lambda _3;M_{15}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2;M_{22}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_2^2\lambda _3;M_{26}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2`$
$`M_{33}^2`$ $`=`$ $`2\lambda _1v_1^2;M_{37}^2=2\lambda _+v_1v_2;M_{44}^2=\lambda _{}v_2^2;M_{48}^2=\lambda _{}v_1v_2`$
$`M_{55}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_1^2\lambda _3;M_{66}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_1^2\lambda _3;M_{77}^2=2\lambda _2v_2^2;M_{88}^2=\lambda _{}v_1^2`$
where $`\lambda _{}\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _4\lambda _3\right)`$. We first diagonalize the submatrix corresponding to $`1,5`$. The eigenvalues and orthonormal eigenvectors are

$`\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{v_2}{v_1}\right)^2}}}\left(\begin{array}{c}1\\ \frac{v_2}{v_1}\end{array}\right)\right\}`$ $``$ $`0,`$
$`\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{v_2}{v_1}\right)^2}}}\left(\begin{array}{c}\frac{v_2}{v_1}\\ 1\end{array}\right)\right\}`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}{\displaystyle \frac{\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)\left(\mu _3^2\lambda _3v_1v_2\right)}{v_1v_2}}`$
which can be written as

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{cos}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta \end{array}\right)`$ $``$ $`0;\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right){\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_1^2\lambda _3{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}v_2^2\lambda _3`$
$`\mathrm{cos}\beta `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2}}};\mathrm{sin}\beta ={\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2}}}`$
So the mass Higgs bosons, and mass eigenstates are

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$
$`m_{G^+}^2`$ $`=`$ $`0,m_{H^+}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)`$
As for the indices 3,7; the eigenvectors and eigenvalues are evaluated from (A.12)

$`m_{H^0,h^0}`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _2v_2^2\pm \sqrt{\left(\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2\right)^2+4\lambda _+^2v_1^2v_2^2}`$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2v_1v_2\lambda _+}{\left(\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2\right)}}`$
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$
Finally, for the indices 4,8; it is obtained

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _4\\ \varphi _8\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)$$

$$m_{G^0}^2=0,m_{A^0}^2=\frac{1}{2}\left(\lambda _4\lambda _3\right)\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)$$

##### Second set of solutions

The mass matrix combined with the minimal conditions is given by:

$`M_{ij}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\left[\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{11}^2& M_{15}^2\\ M_{15}^2& M_{55}^2\end{array}\right)I_{2\times 2}\right]\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{37}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{44}^2& M_{48}^2\\ M_{48}^2& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)`$
$`=`$ $`\left[\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& 0\\ 0& \mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _5v_1^2\end{array}\right)I_{2\times 2}\right]\left(\begin{array}{cc}2\lambda _1v_1^2& 0\\ 0& \mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _3v_1^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _5v_1^2\end{array}\right)`$
$`\left(\begin{array}{cc}0& 0\\ 0& \mu _2^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _4v_1^2+\frac{1}{2}\lambda _5v_1^2\end{array}\right)`$
So in this case the matrix is already diagonal and consequently the mass eigenstates coincide with the gauge eigenstates, the elements in the diagonal are the eigenvalues i.e. the squared masses of the Higgs bosons. Since $`M_{55}^2=M_{66}^2`$, they correspond to two particles degenerate in mass (i.e. two charged particles), in addition, other two degrees of freedom should be associated to their corresponding Goldstone bosons. So we get

$`\varphi _1^+`$ $`=`$ $`H^+;\varphi _2^+=G^+;\varphi _3=H^0;\varphi _7=h^0;\varphi _4=G^0;\varphi _8=A^0;`$
$`m_{G^+}^2`$ $`=`$ $`0;m_{H^+}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2;m_{H^0}^2=2\lambda _1v_1^2`$
$`m_{h^0}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _3+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2;m_{G^0}^2=0;m_{A^0}^2=\mu _2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\lambda _4+\lambda _5\right)v_1^2`$
#### A.1.3 The potential with the global $`U\left(1\right)`$symmetry

As explained in section (2.2.1) another way to avoid spontaneous $`CP`$violation consists of imposing invariance under the global $`U\left(1\right)`$ symmetry $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2e^{i\phi }\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$(as well as the $`C`$invariance) and correspond to setting $`\lambda _6=\lambda _7=\lambda _8=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=\mu _4^2=0`$and $`\lambda _3=\lambda _4`$in (A.1). In this case, we should assume that in general $`v_1,v_20.`$The minimum conditions (A.3) are reduced to two equations:

$`\lambda _1v_1^3\mu _1^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_2^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1v_2^2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_2`$ $`=`$ $`0`$
$`\mu _2^2v_2+\lambda _2v_2^3{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2v_1^2`$ $`=`$ $`0`$
and after reorganizing the matrix elements as $`1,2,3,4,5,6,7,81,2,5,6,3,7,4,8`$; using the minimum conditions, and taking into account that $`M_{15}^2=M_{26}^2,M_{11}^2=M_{22}^2,M_{55}^2=M_{66}^2`$ the decomposed matrix becomes

$$M_{tot}^2=\left[\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{11}^2& M_{15}^2\\ M_{15}^2& M_{55}^2\end{array}\right)I_{2\times 2}\right]\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{37}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{44}^2& M_{48}^2\\ M_{48}^2& M_{88}^2\end{array}\right)$$

with

$`M_{11}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_2^2;M_{15}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2`$
$`M_{33}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}}+2\lambda _1v_1^2;M_{37}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+\lambda _5v_1v_2+\lambda _3v_1v_2`$
$`M_{44}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}};M_{48}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2;M_{55}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2`$
$`M_{77}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}+2\lambda _2v_2^2;M_{88}^2={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}`$
the eigenvalues and the matrix of rotation corresponding to the submatrix of indices $`1,5`$are

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$
$`m_{G^+}`$ $`=`$ $`0,m_{H^+}={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}{\displaystyle \frac{\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)\left(\mu _3^2\lambda _3v_1v_2\right)}{v_1v_2}}`$
for the indices 3,7, the eigenvalues and the rotation angle read

$`m_{H^0,h^0}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\lambda _1v_1^2+\lambda _2v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta +\mathrm{cot}\beta \right)\pm R_\lambda `$
$`\mathrm{tan}2\alpha `$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{2v_1v_2\lambda _+\frac{1}{2}\mu _3^2}{\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2+\frac{1}{4}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cot}\beta \right)}}`$
$$R_\lambda \sqrt{\left[\lambda _1v_1^2\lambda _2v_2^2+\frac{1}{4}\mu _3^2\left(\mathrm{tan}\beta \mathrm{cot}\beta \right)\right]^2+\left(2v_1v_2\lambda _+\frac{1}{2}\mu _3^2\right)^2}$$

finally for the matrix 4,8, the rotation angle is $`\beta `$once again

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\sqrt{2}\varphi _4v_1\\ \sqrt{2}\varphi _8v_2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)$$

and the eigenvalues are

$$m_{G^0}=0,m_{A^0}=\frac{1}{2}\mu _3^2\frac{v_1^2+v_2^2}{v_1v_2}$$

Finally, it worths to say that the parametrization of the Higgs Hunter’s Guide (in the CP conserving case i.e. $`\xi =0`$, and $`\lambda _5=\lambda _6`$ in Eq. (4.8) of Ref. ), can be gotten from the following associations

$`\mu _1^2`$ $``$ $`\left[2\lambda _1v_1^2+2\lambda _3\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)\right]`$
$`\mu _2^2`$ $``$ $`\left[2\lambda _2v_2^2+2\lambda _3\left(v_1^2+v_2^2\right)\right]`$
$`\mu _3^2`$ $``$ $`2\lambda _5v_1v_2;\lambda _1\lambda _1+\lambda _3`$
$`\lambda _2`$ $``$ $`\lambda _2+\lambda _3;\lambda _3\lambda _5\lambda _4`$
$`\lambda _4`$ $``$ $`\lambda _6\lambda _4=\lambda _5\lambda _4`$
$`\lambda _5`$ $``$ $`\lambda _4+2\lambda _3`$
where the parameters on left are the ones in our parametrization Eqs. (2.8, 2.7), and the parameters on right correspond to the ones in the Higgs Hunter’s Guide.

## Appendix B Rotation of the Yukawa Lagrangian in the 2HDM (III)

We start defining two Higgs doublets with VEV

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}^{}=\left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _{1,2}^+\right)^{}\\ \left(\varphi _{1,2}^0\right)^{}\end{array}\right)\text{and }\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}^{}=v_{1,2}$$
(B.1)
and writing the Yukawa Lagrangian as

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1^{}U_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}D_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2^{}U_{jR}^0+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}D_{jR}^0`$ (B.2)
$`+\text{lepton sector}+h.c.`$
we can make a rotation between the doublets

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\end{array}\right)$$
(B.3)
We shall deal with the quark sector only henceforth, the results that we are going to obtain are also valid for the lepton sector with the appropiate replacements. In terms of $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$, the Yukawa Lagrangian could be rewritten as

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2\right)U_{jR}^0`$
$`+\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{sin}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)D_{jR}^0`$
$`+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1+\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2\right)U_{jR}^0`$
$`+\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{sin}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_1+\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)D_{jR}^0+h.c.`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}+\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\right)\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1U_{jR}^0`$
$`+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}+\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\right)\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0`$
$`+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{U,0}+\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{U,0}\right)\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0`$
$`+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\left(\mathrm{sin}\theta \stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{D,0}+\mathrm{cos}\theta \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{D,0}\right)\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0+h.c.`$
defining

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}\eta _{ij}^{(U,D),0}\\ \xi _{ij}^{(U,D),0}\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}\\ \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}\end{array}\right)$$
(B.4)
the Lagrangian could be written as

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y`$ $`=`$ $`\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\eta _{ij}^{U,0}\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_1U_{jR}^0+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\eta _{ij}^{D,0}\mathrm{\Phi }_1D_{jR}^0`$ (B.5)
$`+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\xi _{ij}^{U,0}\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_2U_{jR}^0+\overline{Q}_{iL}^0\xi _{ij}^{D,0}\mathrm{\Phi }_2D_{jR}^0+h.c.`$
with the same form as the original Lagrangian if we forget the prime notation. Consequently, the combined rotations (B.3,B.4) do not have physical consequences since it is basically a change of basis. In particular we can choose $`\theta =\beta `$such that

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}+\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}={\displaystyle \frac{v_1^2+v_2^2}{\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2}}}=\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2}v`$
$`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}+\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}=0`$ (B.6)
In whose case we managed to get $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2=0.`$Since this lagrangian contains exactly the same physical information as the first one, we conclude that in model type III the parameter $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$is totally spurious and we can assume without any loss of generality that one of the VEV is zero 111Indeed the rotation should be made in all the Lagrangians involving Higgs doublets, consequently, we have to ensure that the physical content of the potential is not altered by the rotation, in appendix (C) we see that the rotation can be performed in the potential $`V`$defined in Eq. (2.4).. We shall settle $`\theta =\beta `$henceforth.

On the other hand, it is possible to reverse the steps above and start from the representation in which $`\mathrm{\Phi }_2=0`$(the “fundamental representation”) and make a rotation of the Higgs doublets from which the $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$parameter arises. If we assume the fundamental representation as our “starting point”, we see that by making a rotation of the doublets, the mixing matrices are rotated such that

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}\\ \stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\eta _{ij}^{(U,D),0}\\ \xi _{ij}^{(U,D),0}\end{array}\right)$$
(B.7)
from this rotation we can see that $`\stackrel{~}{\eta }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}`$and $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_{ij}^{(U,D),0}`$ depend on the $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ parameter (since $`\eta _{ij}^{(U,D),0}`$and $`\xi _{ij}^{(U,D),0}`$come from the fundamental representation, they do not depend on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$). In the non trivial parametrization the VEV’s are $`v_1`$and $`v_2`$where $`\mathrm{tan}\beta =v_2/v_1,\mathrm{sin}\beta =v_2/\sqrt{v_1^2+v_2^2},`$and the Yukawa Lagrangian in terms of the mass eigenstates can be written in the following ways (see section (2.2.3))

$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^I`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{Type I,}\mathrm{tan}\beta \right)+\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U(\eta ^U,\xi ^U,\mathrm{tan}\beta )`$ (B.8)
$`+\stackrel{~}{\eta }^D(\eta ^D,\xi ^D,\mathrm{tan}\beta )`$
$`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^{II}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{Type II,}\mathrm{tan}\beta \right)+\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U(\eta ^U,\xi ^U,\mathrm{tan}\beta )`$ (B.9)
$`+\stackrel{~}{\xi }^D(\eta ^D,\xi ^D,\mathrm{tan}\beta )`$
the fundamental parametrization is clearly independent on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta ,`$and since all these parametrizations are physically equivalent, the parametrizations defined by Eqs. (B.8,B.9) cannot depend on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$either. I shall restrict the discussion to $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^{II}`$but the same ideas are applicable to $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^I.`$In $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^{II}`$, it is very clear that $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{Type II,}\mathrm{tan}\beta \right)`$ depends on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$explicitly. However, as the whole Lagrangian must be independent of it; the mixing matrices should depend on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$in such a way that they cancel the dependence on this parameter from $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y\left(\text{Type I,}\mathrm{tan}\beta \right).`$This emphasize the fact that the mixing matrices are basis dependent (changing the basis means changing $`\mathrm{tan}\beta )`$.

Let us see explicitly the relation among the parameters in the fundamental representation $`(\xi ^{U,D},\eta ^{U,D},\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2,\alpha )`$and the ones in the non trivial representation $`(\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D},\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D},\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{},\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{},\alpha ^{},\beta )`$. First of all, Eqs. (B.3) provides us with the relation between $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2)`$and $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{},\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{})`$. On the other hand, Eq. (B.4) provides the relation among$`(\xi ^{(U,D),0},\eta ^{(U,D),0})`$and $`(\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{(U,D),0},\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{(U,D),0})`$. Notwithstanding, the most useful relations would be the ones among$`(\xi ^{U,D},\eta ^{U,D})`$and$`(\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D},\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D})`$ i.e. the mixing matrices when the Lagrangian is written in terms of mass eigenstates. In the non-trivial basis the relation between gauge and mass Higgs eigenstates can be taken from (2.29) with the appropiate change of notation.

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _1^+\right)^{}\\ \left(\varphi _2^+\right)^{}\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)`$ (B.16)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1^{}\\ h_2^{}\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}& \mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}\\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}& \mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$ (B.23)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1^{}\\ g_2^{}\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)`$ (B.30)
performing the rotation (B.3) and using (B.1) we get

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_1`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}+\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}`$
$`=`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\beta \left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _1^+\right)^{}\\ \left(h_1^{}+v_1+ig_1^{}\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)+\mathrm{sin}\beta \left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _2^+\right)^{}\\ \left(h_2^{}+v_2+ig_2^{}\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)`$
$``$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \left(h_1+v+ig_1\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)`$
$`\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}+\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}`$
$`=`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\beta \left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _1^+\right)^{}\\ \left(h_1^{}+v_1+ig_1^{}\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)+\mathrm{cos}\beta \left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _2^+\right)^{}\\ \left(h_2^{}+v_2+ig_2^{}\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)`$
$``$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _2^+\\ \left(h_2+ig_2\right)/\sqrt{2}\end{array}\right)`$
so the conversion from the gauge eigenstates in the non trivial basis to the gauge eigenstates in the fundamental representation is given by

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _1^+\right)^{}\\ \left(\varphi _2^+\right)^{}\end{array}\right),`$ (B.41)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1^{}\\ h_2^{}\end{array}\right),`$ (B.48)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1\\ g_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1^{}\\ g_2^{}\end{array}\right).`$ (B.55)
And the relation between the gauge eigenstates and the mass eigenstates in the fundamental parametrization, becomes particularly simple.

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right),`$ (B.66)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1\\ g_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right),`$ (B.71)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1^{}\\ h_2^{}\end{array}\right)`$ (B.78)
$`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\beta & \mathrm{sin}\beta \\ \mathrm{sin}\beta & \mathrm{cos}\beta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}& \mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}\\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}& \mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$ (B.85)
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$ (B.92)
where we have defined

$$\alpha \alpha ^{}\beta $$
(B.93)
On the other hand, from (B.4) and (2.83) we get

$$\eta ^{U,0}=\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}+\mathrm{sin}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}=\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}+\mathrm{sin}\beta \left(\frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_2}T_L^{}M_UT_R\frac{v_1}{v_2}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}\right)$$

and after applying the unitarity transformations defined in (2.81) we obtain

$$T_L\eta ^{U,0}T_R^{}=\mathrm{cos}\beta \left(T_L\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}T_R^{}\right)+\mathrm{sin}\beta \left[\frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_2}M_U\frac{v_1}{v_2}\left(T_L\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}T_R^{}\right)\right]$$

we should note that the unitary matrices $`T_{L,R}`$and $`V_{L,R}`$defined in Eq. (2.81) are independent on the basis since they indicate the rotations of the spinors from gauge to mass eigenstates, and rotations (B.3,B.4) do not modify such spinors. Consequently the transformation$`T_LX^0T_R^{}`$ defines the conversion of the mixing matrices from the gauge eigenstates to the mass eigenstates, therefore

$`T_L\eta ^{U,0}T_R^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\eta }^U+\mathrm{sin}\beta \left({\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_2}}M_U{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v_2}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U\right)`$
$`\eta ^U`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U+{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}M_U{\displaystyle \frac{v_1}{v}}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U={\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}M_U`$
so we obtain finally

$$\eta ^U=\frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}M_U$$

i.e. the matrix$`\eta ^U`$is associated only to the mass of the fermion as expected. Similarly from Eqs. (B.4, 2.86, 2.81)

$`\xi ^{U,0}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\beta \stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,0}+\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}=\mathrm{sin}\beta \left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v_1}}T_L^{}M_UT_R{\displaystyle \frac{v_2}{v_1}}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}\right]`$
$`+\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$
$`T_L\xi ^{U,0}T_R^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{tan}\beta {\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}M_U+\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{tan}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^U+\mathrm{cos}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^U`$
$`\xi ^U`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{sec}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^U{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{tan}\beta }{v}}M_U`$
furthermore, Eq. (2.86) is also valid for $`\eta ^{(U,D),0}`$ by setting $`v_2=0,v_1=v.`$Using Eq. (2.86) applied to $`\eta ^{U,0}`$and Eq. (B.4) we get

$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,0}`$ $`=`$ $`\mathrm{sin}\beta \left[T_L^{}M_UT_R{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}\right]+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^{U,0}`$
$`\stackrel{~}{\xi }^U`$ $`=`$ $`\left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }{v}}M_U\right]+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^U`$
similarly

$$\stackrel{~}{\eta }^U=M_U\frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\beta \xi ^U$$

for the down sector is exactly the same. Summarizing, we get the following links among the mixing matrices $`(\eta ^{U,D},\xi ^{U,D})`$in the fundamental parametrization with the ones in the non trivial basis $`(\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D},\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D})`$:

$`\stackrel{~}{\eta }^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`M_{U,D}{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\beta \xi ^{U,D};\stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D}={\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }{v}}M_{U,D}+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^{U,D}`$
$`\eta ^{U,D}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}}{v}}M_{U,D};\xi ^{U,D}=\mathrm{sec}\beta \stackrel{~}{\xi }^{U,D}{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{tan}\beta }{v}}M_{U,D}`$ (B.94)
and the relations among the gauge Higgs eigenstates and mass Higgs eigenstates in the fundamental parametrization, are given by

$`\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _2^+\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{c}G^+\\ H^+\end{array}\right);\left(\begin{array}{c}g_1\\ g_2\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}G^0\\ A^0\end{array}\right)`$
$`\left(\begin{array}{c}h_1\\ h_2\end{array}\right)`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\alpha & \mathrm{sin}\alpha \\ \mathrm{sin}\alpha & \mathrm{cos}\alpha \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}H^0\\ h^0\end{array}\right)`$
$`\alpha `$ $``$ $`\alpha ^{}\beta `$
while the analogous relations for the non-trivial bases, are given by Eqs. (2.29).

As a proof of consistency, we shall use the equations B.94 and the Yukawa couplings in the non trivial parametrization Eqs. (2.84, 2.85, 2.87, 2.88) in order to obtain the Yukawa couplings in the fundamental parametrization Eq. (2.78). Let us check first the couplings $`\overline{D}DA^0`$in the parametrization in which the model type II becomes apparent, where $`D`$refers to the three down fermions. From Lagrangian (2.88) and expressions (B.94)

$$\overline{D}DA^0:\frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}\overline{D}M_D\gamma _5DA^0+\frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^D\gamma _5DA^0$$

$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{ig\mathrm{tan}\beta }{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_D\gamma _5DA^0+{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }{v}}M_D+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^D\right]\gamma _5DA^0`$
$`\overline{D}DA^0`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^D\gamma _5DA^0`$
now let us examine $`\overline{D}DH^0`$

$`\overline{D}DH^0`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_DD\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}H^0+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^DD\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_DD\mathrm{cos}\alpha ^{}H^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }{v}}M_D+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^U\right]D\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0`$
$`=`$ $`\overline{D}{\displaystyle \frac{M_D}{v}}\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)DH^0+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^UD\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)H^0`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_DDH^0\mathrm{cos}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^DDH^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha `$
now $`\overline{D}Dh^0`$

$`\overline{D}Dh^0`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_DD\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}h^0+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\stackrel{~}{\xi }^DD\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}M_DD\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}h^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{D}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}\mathrm{sin}\beta }{v}}M_D+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^D\right]D\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0`$
$`=`$ $`\overline{D}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{gM_D}{2M_W\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\left(\mathrm{sin}\alpha ^{}\mathrm{sin}\beta \mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)\right)\right]Dh^0`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^DD\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_DD\mathrm{sin}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^DD\mathrm{cos}\left(\alpha ^{}\beta \right)h^0`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g}{2M_W}}\overline{D}M_DDh^0\mathrm{sin}\alpha +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}}\overline{D}\xi ^DDh^0\mathrm{cos}\alpha `$
finally for the charged Higgs, in the Lagrangian where model type II becomes apparent i.e. (2.84) plus (2.88) the Yukawa coupling is given by

$`\overline{U}DH^+`$ $`:`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{cot}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_UKP_LDH^++{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}\stackrel{~}{\eta }^UKP_LDH^+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{tan}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^dP_RDH^++{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}K\stackrel{~}{\xi }^DP_RDH^+`$
$`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{cot}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}M_UKP_LDH^+{\displaystyle \frac{g\mathrm{tan}\beta }{\sqrt{2}M_W}}\overline{U}KM_D^dP_RDH^+`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{sin}\beta }}\overline{U}\left({\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}g}{2M_W}}M_U\mathrm{cos}\beta \mathrm{sin}\beta \xi ^U\right)KP_LDH^+`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{\mathrm{cos}\beta }}\overline{U}K\left[{\displaystyle \frac{\sqrt{2}g\mathrm{sin}\beta }{2M_W}}M_D^d+\mathrm{cos}\beta \xi ^D\right]P_RDH^+`$
$`=`$ $`\overline{U}\xi ^UKP_LDH^++\overline{U}K\xi ^DP_RDH^+`$
$`=`$ $`\overline{U}\left(K\xi ^DP_R\xi ^UKP_L\right)DH^+`$
all these couplings coincide with the ones describe in the Lagrangian for the fundamental parametrization, Eq. (2.78). Therefore, with this procedure we can check that all Lagrangians generated from Eqs. (2.84, 2.85, 2.87, 2.88) i.e. $`\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^I\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^I,\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^I\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^{II},\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^{II}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^{II},\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(U\right)}^{II}\mathrm{\pounds }_{Y\left(D\right)}^I,`$coincides with the Lagrangian (2.78) if we take into account the expressions (B.94).

The results expressed by Eqs. (B.94), show us that the value of the flavor changing vertices is basis dependent, though the value of the couplings are basis independent as it must be. The mixing angles between Higgs gauge eigenstates and Higgs mass eigenstates are also basis dependent as expected. The transformations (B.3, B.4) reveals an $`SO(2)`$global symmetry of the model type III. This is like a “*global gauge invariance of the 2HDM type III*” in which $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ fixes the gauge.

In that sense, we can realize that the models type I and II have a remarkable difference respect to the model type III, since it is well known that the former two ones are highly dependent on the $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$parameter while the latter is not. In writing the parametrization $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^{II}`$we can see easily the reason: $`\mathrm{\pounds }_Y^{II}\left(\text{Type}\text{II}\right)`$clearly depend on $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$but when we add the mixing parameters, they acquire the precise values to cancel such dependence. In other words, the model type II does not have mixing parameters at the tree level to absorb their $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$ dependence. We can see the difference from the point of view of symmetries, the 2HDM is constructed in such a way that we make an exact “duplicate” of the SM Higgs doublet.

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _1^+\\ \varphi _1^0\end{array}\right)\mathrm{\Phi }_2=\left(\begin{array}{c}\varphi _2^+\\ \varphi _2^0\end{array}\right)Y_1=Y_2=1$$

These doublets have the same quantum numbers and are consequently indistinguishable (at least at this step). Owing to this indistinguibility we can perform the rotation

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2\end{array}\right)$$

over an arbitrary angle $`\theta `$without any physical consequences (it is in fact a change of basis). It means that the model is invariant under a global SO(2) transformation of the “bidoublet” $`\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{\Phi }_1& \mathrm{\Phi }_2\end{array}\right)^T`$. However, it is very common to impose a discrete symmetry on the Higgs doublets $`\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$ or a global $`U\left(1\right)`$ symmetry $`\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2e^{i\phi }\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$ to prevent dangerous FCNC. In that case, we are introducing a distinguibility between the doublets, because they acquire very different couplings to the fermions (models type I and II). Of course, we could have defined the symmetry in the opposite way $`\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{\Phi }_2\right)`$but once we have chosen one of them, we cannot interchange $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$anymore, without changing the physical content. Such fact breaks explicity the SO(2) symmetry of the “bidoublet”. On the other hand, it is precisely this symmetry what allows us to absorb the $`\mathrm{tan}\beta `$parameter, and since models type I and II do not have that symmetry, we are not able to absorb it properly.

## Appendix C Rotation in the Higgs potential

### C.1 Transformation of the parameters in the potential

Let us start from an arbitrary parametrization in which both VEV are in general different from zero. The most general renormalizable and gauge invariant potential read

$`V_g`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\widehat{A}^{}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\widehat{B}^{}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\widehat{C}^{}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_4^2\widehat{D}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1\widehat{A}^2+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\widehat{B}^2+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3\widehat{C}^2+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_4\widehat{D}^2`$ (C.1)
$`+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{B}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{C}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_8\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{D}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\widehat{B}^{}\widehat{C}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_9\widehat{B}^{}\widehat{D}^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_{10}\widehat{C}^{}\widehat{D}^{}`$
where we have defined four independent gauge invariant hermitian operators

$`\widehat{A}^{}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{},\widehat{B}^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{},\widehat{C}^{}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}+\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\right)=\text{Re}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\right),`$
$`\widehat{D}^{}`$ $``$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{i}{2}}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\right)=\text{Im}\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\right)`$
the doublets and the VEV are denoted as

$$\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}^{}=\left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _{1,2}^+\right)^{}\\ \left(\varphi _{1,2}^0\right)^{}\end{array}\right)=\left(\begin{array}{c}\left(\varphi _{1,2}^+\right)^{}\\ \left(\frac{h_{1,2}+v_{1,2}+ig_{1,2}}{\sqrt{2}}\right)^{}\end{array}\right)\text{and }\mathrm{\Phi }_{1,2}^{}=v_{1,2}^{}$$
(C.2)
In appendix B, we have seen that in the Yukawa Lagrangian type III, we are able to make a rotation of the doublets as

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\\ \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\end{array}\right)$$
(C.3)
without changing the physical content of the Lagrangian. However, we must demonstrate that such rotation can be carried out in the potential without changing its physical content either. In order to show it, we shall calculate the way in which $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_i,\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_i`$parameters transform under this rotation. First, we calculate the way in which the operators $`\widehat{A}^{},\widehat{B}^{},\widehat{C}^{},\widehat{D}^{}`$ transform. Taking into account Eq. (C.3) we get

$`\widehat{A}^{}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}=\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{sin}\theta \right)\left(\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{sin}\theta \right)`$
$`=`$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{sin}\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{sin}\theta +\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta `$
$`=`$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1\mathrm{cos}^2\theta 2\mathrm{cos}\theta \mathrm{sin}\theta \left({\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Phi }_1^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2+\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_1}{2}}\right)+\mathrm{\Phi }_2^{}\mathrm{\Phi }_2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta `$
$`=`$ $`\widehat{A}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \mathrm{sin}2\theta \widehat{C}`$
similarly, we obtain the transformation for the other operators, the results read

$`\widehat{A}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{B}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{C}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}\mathrm{sin}2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}2\theta +\widehat{C}\mathrm{cos}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{D}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{D}`$
$`\widehat{A}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}^2\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +\widehat{B}^2\mathrm{sin}^4\theta +\widehat{C}^2\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}^22\theta `$
$`2\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}^2\theta 2\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \mathrm{sin}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{B}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}^2\mathrm{sin}^4\theta +\widehat{B}^2\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +\widehat{C}^2\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}^22\theta `$
$`+2\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{sin}^2\theta +2\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}^2\theta `$
$`\widehat{C}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\left(\widehat{A}^2+\widehat{B}^2\right)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +\widehat{C}^2\mathrm{cos}^22\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}^22\theta `$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}4\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\mathrm{sin}4\theta `$
$`\widehat{D}^2`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{D}^2`$
$`\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{B}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\left({\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\widehat{A}^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\widehat{B}^2\widehat{C}^2\right)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\left(\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +\mathrm{sin}^4\theta \right)`$
$`+\left(\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\right)\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{C}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}^2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{B}^2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \mathrm{sin}2\theta \widehat{C}^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}4\theta `$
$`+\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\left(4\mathrm{cos}^2\theta 3\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\left(4\mathrm{cos}^2\theta 1\right)\mathrm{sin}^2\theta `$
$`\widehat{A}^{}\widehat{D}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}\widehat{D}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\widehat{D}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \widehat{C}\widehat{D}\mathrm{sin}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{B}^{}\widehat{C}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{A}^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{sin}^2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{B}^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \mathrm{cos}^2\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\widehat{C}^2\mathrm{sin}4\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\widehat{A}\widehat{B}\mathrm{sin}4\theta `$
$`+\widehat{A}\widehat{C}\left(\mathrm{cos}2\theta +2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\widehat{C}\left(\mathrm{cos}2\theta 2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta `$
$`\widehat{B}^{}\widehat{D}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`\widehat{A}\widehat{D}\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\widehat{B}\widehat{D}\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\widehat{C}\widehat{D}\mathrm{sin}2\theta `$
$`\widehat{C}^{}\widehat{D}^{}`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\widehat{A}\widehat{D}\widehat{B}\widehat{D}\right)\mathrm{sin}2\theta +\widehat{C}\widehat{D}\mathrm{cos}2\theta `$ (C.4)
Now, we can build up a new parametrization of the potential such that

$`V_g`$ $`=`$ $`\mu _1^2\widehat{A}\mu _2^2\widehat{B}\mu _3^2\widehat{C}\mu _4^2\widehat{D}+\lambda _1\widehat{A}^2+\lambda _2\widehat{B}^2+\lambda _3\widehat{C}^2+\lambda _4\widehat{D}^2`$ (C.5)
$`+\lambda _5\widehat{A}\widehat{B}+\lambda _6\widehat{A}\widehat{C}+\lambda _8\widehat{A}\widehat{D}+\lambda _7\widehat{B}\widehat{C}+\lambda _9\widehat{B}\widehat{D}+\lambda _{10}\widehat{C}\widehat{D}`$
in order to find the values of $`\mu _i,\lambda _i`$in terms of $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_i,\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_i`$, we use the Eqs. (C.1), and (C.4) to write e.g. the coefficient proportional to the operator $`\widehat{A}`$, and these terms are compared with the term proportional to the operator $`\widehat{A}`$in Eq. (C.5) obtaining

$$\mu _1^2\widehat{A}=\left(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\mathrm{sin}\theta \mathrm{cos}\theta \right)\widehat{A}$$

therefore, the coefficient $`\mu _1^2`$is related to the parameters $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_i,\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_i`$in the following way

$$\mu _1^2=\left(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\frac{1}{2}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \right)$$

by the same token, the other sets of $`\mu _i,\lambda _i`$ parameters are related to the $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_i,\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_i`$parameters in the following way

$`\mu _1^2`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \right)`$
$`\mu _2^2`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta \right)`$
$`\mu _3^2`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2\mathrm{sin}2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2\mathrm{cos}2\theta \right)`$
$`\mu _4^2`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mu }_4^2`$
$`\lambda _1`$ $`=`$ $`(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\mathrm{sin}^4\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta `$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\mathrm{sin}^2\theta )\mathrm{sin}2\theta )`$
$`\lambda _2`$ $`=`$ $`(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1\mathrm{sin}^4\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta `$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\mathrm{cos}^2\theta )\mathrm{sin}2\theta )`$
$`\lambda _3`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5\right)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3\mathrm{cos}^22\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\right)\mathrm{sin}4\theta \right)`$
$`\lambda _4`$ $`=`$ $`\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_4`$
$`\lambda _5`$ $`=`$ $`({\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3)\mathrm{sin}^22\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5(\mathrm{cos}^4\theta +\mathrm{sin}^4\theta )`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6)\mathrm{sin}4\theta )`$
$`\lambda _6`$ $`=`$ $`2\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{sin}2\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5\right)\mathrm{sin}4\theta `$
$`+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\left(4\mathrm{cos}^2\theta 3\right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\left(\mathrm{cos}2\theta +2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{sin}^2\theta `$
$`\lambda _8`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_8\mathrm{cos}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_9\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_{10}\mathrm{sin}2\theta \right)`$
$`\lambda _7`$ $`=`$ $`2\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2\mathrm{cos}^2\theta \stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{sin}2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5\right)\mathrm{sin}4\theta `$
$`+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6\left(4\mathrm{cos}^2\theta 1\right)\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7\left(\mathrm{cos}2\theta 2\mathrm{sin}^2\theta \right)\mathrm{cos}^2\theta `$
$`\lambda _9`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_8\mathrm{sin}^2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_9\mathrm{cos}^2\theta {\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_{10}\mathrm{sin}2\theta \right)`$
$`\lambda _{10}`$ $`=`$ $`\left(\left(\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_9\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_8\right)\mathrm{sin}2\theta +\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_{10}\mathrm{cos}2\theta \right)`$ (C.6)
#### C.1.1 Tadpoles

From now on, we shall consider the potential with invariance under charge conjugation, i.e. $`\mu _4=\lambda _8=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0`$ (see section 2.2.1). In that case the tadpoles are given by

$`T`$ $`=`$ $`(\mu _1^2v_1{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_2+\lambda _1v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2v_2`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^3)h_1+(\mu _2^2v_2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_1+\lambda _2v_2^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2v_2`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2v_1)h_2`$
$`T_3`$ $`=`$ $`(\mu _1^2v_1{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_2+\lambda _1v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1v_2^2`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^3)`$
$`T_7`$ $`=`$ $`(\mu _2^2v_2{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2v_1+\lambda _2v_2^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2v_2`$ (C.7)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2v_1)`$
these tadpoles coincide with the minimum conditions as we see from Eq. (A.3) and applying $`\mu _4=\lambda _8=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0`$. Now, we find the relation among the tadpoles in both parametrizations by using Eq.(C.7), and the third of Eqs. (B.92).

$`T_3h_1+T_7h_2`$ $`=`$ $`T_3\left(h_1^{}\mathrm{cos}\theta +h_2^{}\mathrm{sin}\theta \right)+T_7\left(h_1^{}\mathrm{sin}\theta +\mathrm{cos}\theta h_2^{}\right)`$
$`=`$ $`\left(T_3\mathrm{cos}\theta T_7\mathrm{sin}\theta \right)h_1^{}+\left(T_3\mathrm{sin}\theta +T_7\mathrm{cos}\theta \right)h_2^{}`$
$`=`$ $`T_3^{}h_1^{}+T_7^{}h_2^{}`$
from which we see that the tadpoles in both parametrizations are related through the rotation

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}T_3^{}\\ T_7^{}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}T_3\\ T_7\end{array}\right)$$
(C.8)
As a proof of consistency, we can check that from (C.7), and from (C.6) the following relation is gotten after a bit of cumbersome algebra

$`T_3\mathrm{cos}\theta T_7\mathrm{sin}\theta `$ $`=`$ $`(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_1^2v_1^{}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2v_2^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_1v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3v_1^{}v_2^2`$
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5v_1^{}v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6v_1^2v_2^{}+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7v_2^3)`$
$`T_3\mathrm{sin}\theta +T_7\mathrm{cos}\theta `$ $`=`$ $`(\stackrel{~}{\mu }_2^2v_2^{}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\mu }_3^2v_1^{}+\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_2v_2^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_3v_1^2v_2^{}`$ (C.9)
$`+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_5v_1^2v_2^{}+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_6v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_7v_2^2v_1^{})`$
where

$$\left(\begin{array}{c}v_1^{}\\ v_2^{}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cos}\theta & \mathrm{sin}\theta \\ \mathrm{sin}\theta & \mathrm{cos}\theta \end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{c}v_1\\ v_2\end{array}\right)$$

relates the VEV between both parametrizations111Observe that, such rotation keeps invariant the quantity $`v_1^2+v_2^2=v_1^2+v_2^2=\frac{2m_w^2}{g^2}`$, as it should be.. The terms on right of Eqs. (C.9) are precisely the tadpoles in the “prime parametrization”, then the relations given by Eqs. (C.8) are held as expected. Therefore, tadpoles are preserved by the rotation.

#### C.1.2 Higgs boson masses

Another important proof of consistency is to verify that both parametrizations predict the same masses for the Higgs bosons. We shall use once again, the potential with $`C`$invariance Eq. (2.4). In a general parametrization, the minimal conditions can be taken from A.3 by using $`\mu _4=\lambda _8`$ $`=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0`$, as it corresponds to the Lagrangian in Eq. (2.4). Those conditions are reduced to

$`\mu _1v_1`$ $`=`$ $`\left({\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3v_2+\lambda _1v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_2^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_2^2v_1+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^3\right)`$
$`\mu _2v_2`$ $`=`$ $`\left({\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3v_1+\lambda _2v_2^3+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _3v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\lambda _5v_1^2v_2+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^3+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_1v_2^2\right)`$
the mass matrix is obtained from (A.5), and (A.6) by using once again $`\mu _4=\lambda _8`$ $`=\lambda _9=\lambda _{10}=0`$. Let us start with the matrix elements corresponding to $`m_{H^0},m_{h^0}`$. If we assume that both VEV are different from zero and utilize the minimum conditions, we obtain the following mass matrix

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}M_{33}^2& M_{37}^2\\ M_{37}^2& M_{77}^2\end{array}\right)$$
(C.10)
with

$`M_{33}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4v_1}}\left(2\mu _3^2v_2+8\lambda _1v_1^3+3\lambda _6v_1^2v_2\lambda _7v_2^3\right)`$
$`M_{37}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mu _3^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _7v_2^2+{\displaystyle \frac{3}{4}}\lambda _6v_1^2+\lambda _3v_1v_2+\lambda _5v_1v_2`$
$`M_{77}^2`$ $`=`$ $`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{4v_2}}\left(2\mu _3^2v_1+8\lambda _2v_2^3\lambda _6v_1^3+3\lambda _7v_2^2v_1\right)`$ (C.11)
For the sake of simplicity, we just show that the determinant of this matrix (i.e. the product of the squared masses), coincides for two parametrizations connected by a transformation like (C.3). The mass matrix in any other parametrization with both VEV different from zero, have the same form as (C.10, C.11) but replacing $`\mu _i^2\stackrel{~}{\mu }_i^2,\lambda _i\stackrel{~}{\lambda }_i.`$It is a fact of cumbersome algebra to demostrate that

$$M_{33}^2M_{77}^2\left(M_{37}^2\right)^2=\stackrel{~}{M}_{33}^2\stackrel{~}{M}_{77}^2\left(\stackrel{~}{M}_{37}^2\right)^2$$

this demostration is carried out by taking into account the relations (C.6) among the parameters in both bases. In a similar fashion, we can show that the eigenvalues coincide in both bases. Therefore, the mass Higgs bosons are equal in both parametrizations as it must be. Finally, if the angle of rotation is chosen such that one of the VEV is zero, (e.g. $`v_2=0`$) in one of the bases, then the minimum conditions and mass matrix elements become much simpler (see Sec. A.1.1), and the equality is easier to demonstrate.

By the same token, we can check that for the other Higgs mass matrices the determinants and eigenvalues are invariant under the transformation (C.3). Showing that the observables are not altered by this change of basis.